Skip to main content

Full text of "Thresholds"

See other formats


QorUcM 


ROTCH 


EDITORS 

Janna  Israel 

Andrew  Todd  Marcus 

MANAGING  EDITOR 

Christine  Caspar 

WEB  DESIGNER 
Carl  Solander 

ADVISORY  BOARD 

Mark  Jarzombek,  chair 
Stanford  Anderson 

Dennis  Adams 
Martin  Bressani 
Jean-Louis  Cohen 
Charles  Correa 
Anndam  Dutta 
Diane  Ghirardo 
Ellen  Dunham-Jones 
Robert  Haywood 
Hasan-Uddin  Khan 
Rodolphe  el-Khoury 
Leo  Marx 
Mary  McLeod 
Vikram  Prakash 
Kazys  Varnelis 
Cherie  Wendelken 
Gwendolyn  Wright 
J.  Meejjn  Yoon 


This  particular  issue  of  Thresholds  has  been  sup- 
ported in  part  by  a  grant  from  the  Graham 
Foundation  for  Advanced  Studies  in  the  Fine  Arts. 


PATRONS 

IMRAN  AHMED 

MARK  AND  ELAINE  BECK 

ROBERT  F.  DRUM 

GAIL  FENSKE 

R.T.  FREEBAIRN-SMITH 

ROBERT  ALEXANDER  GONZALEZ 

ANNIE  PEDRET 


VIKRAM  PRAKASH 


Cover  Image;  Map  of  Europe,  depicted  in  the  form  of  the 
crowned  Virgin  by  Heinnch  Bunting,  1581, 
Title  Page  Image;  Still  from  the  video  Between  Prayers 
by  Cagia  Hadimioglu,  2002. 


JOSEPH  M.  SIRY 


RICHARD  SKENDZEL 


thresholds  25 


sacrosanct 


Thresholds  is  published  and  distributed  biannually  in 
January  and  June  by  the  Department  of  Architecture  at  the 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology. 

Opinions  in  Thresholds  are  those  of  the  authors  alone  and 
do  not  necessarily  represent  the  views  of  the  Department  of 
Architecture  at  MIT  or  the  editors. 

No  part  of  Thresholds  may  be  photocopied  or  distributed 
without  written  authorization. 


Thresholds  is  funded  primarily  by  the  Department  of 
Architecture  at  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology. 
Alumni  support  also  helps  with  publication  costs. 
Individuals  donating  $100  or  more  will  be  recognized  in  the 
journal  as  Patrons. 

See  the  back  cover  for  sumbmission  guidelines. 


Correspondence: 

Thresholds 

Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology 

Department  of  Architecture,  Room  7-337 

77  Massachusetts  Avenue 

Cambridge,  MA   02139 

e-mail:  thresh(3)mit.edu 


For  selection,  editorial,  design,  and  proofreading  assistance, 
thanks  to: 

Randy  van  der  Bottoms,  Zeynep  Celik,  Leonardo  Diaz- 
Borioli,  Arindam  Dutta,  Erdem  Erten,  Margaret  Graham, 
Cagia  Hadimioglu,  Aliki  Hasiotis,  Patrick  Haughey,  Zachary 
Hinchliffe,  Ally  Ladha,  Ijlal  Muzaffar,  Mine  Ozkar,  Jorge 
Otero-Pailos,  Sarah  Rogers,  and  Katherine  Wheeler  Borum. 


Many  thanks  to  Tom  Fitzgerald,  Eduardo  Gonzales,  Charles 
Leiserson,  Jr.,  and  Susan  Midlarsky  for  their  computing 
help. 

We  are  grateful  to  Nancy  Jones,  Melissa  Kearns,  and  Jack 
Valleli  for  their  continued  support. 

Special  thanks  to  Stanford  Anderson  and  Mark  Jarzombek. 


^Copyright  Fall  2002 

Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology 

ISSN:  1091-711X 


Printed  by  Sherman  Printing,  Canton,  Massachusetts. 
Body  text  set  in  Univers;  titles  set  in  Orator;  digitally  pub- 
lished using  Ouark  Express. 


JANNA  ISRAEL    4  CONTENTS 

Introduction 


FREDERICK  M.  ASHER     8 

Shaping  Contestation:  The  Katra  Mound  of  Mathura 

JOANNA  PICCIOTTO    14 

Progress  and  the  Space  of  Prehistory 

DANIEL  BERTRAND  MONK   20 

An  Interview  Conducted  by  Michael  Osman,  Zeynep  Celik,  and  Lucia  Allais 

CAROLINE  JONES   24 

Mining  the  Lode 

FERNANDO  DOMEYKO   30 

Church  and  Community  Center  in  Las  Brisas  de  Santo  Domingo,  Chile 

JESUS  MARIA  APARICIO  GUISADO   34 

Church  in  Andalusia 

MARK  JARZOMBEK   38 

Beltotto's  Dresden:  Framing  the  Dialectics  of  Porcelain 

JONATHAN  COONEY   43 

Creating  Sacred  Space  Outdoors:  The  Primitive  Methodist  Camp  Meeting  in  England,  1819-1840 

GLAIRE  ANDERSON   48 

The  Cathedral  in  the  Mosque  and  the  Two  Palaces: 
Additions  to  the  Great  Mosque  of  Cordoba  and  the  Alhambra  during  the  Reign  of  Charles  V 

NASSER  RABBAT   56 

In  the  Beginning  Was  The  House:  On  the  Image  of  the  Two  Noble  Sanctuaries  of  Islam 

CAGLA  HADIMIOGLU   60 

Between  Prayers:  Proscribed  Scenes  from  a  Historic  Monument 

SAMER  AKKACH   68 

Religious  Mapping  and  the  Spatiality  of  Difference 

JAMES  ELKINS   76 

From  Bird-Goddesses  to  Jesus  2000:  A  Very,  Very  Brief  History  of  Religion  and  Art 

FLORIAN  URBAN   84 

The  Spirit  of  the  City:  Transcendence  and  Urban  Design  in  Postwar  Berlin 

JAE  CHA   90 

Church  in  Urubo,  Bolivia 

Illustration  Credits   94 

Contributors   95 

Call  for  Submissions   96 


JANNA    ISRAEL 
INTRODUCTION 


(f*    -  ^       .         c 


What  is  a  Wife  &  what  is  a  Harlot?  What  is  a 
Church?  &  What  is  a  Theatre?  are  they  Two  and 
not  One?  Can  they  Exist  Separate?  Are  not 
Religion  &  Politics  the  Same  Thing?  Brotherhood 
is  Religion.  0  Demonstrations  of  Reason  Dividing 
Families  in  Cruelty  &  Pride' 
—  William  Blake,  Jerusalem  57:8-10 

The  well-editorialized  controversy  that  took  place  at  the  end 
of  1999  over  the  Brooklyn  Museum's  exhibition, 
"Sensation:  Young  British  Artists  from  the  Saatchi 
Collection,"  centered  around  Mayor  Rudolph  Giuliani's 
attempt  to  cut  funding  to  the  Museum,  principally  due  to 
the  inclusion  of  the  1996  Chris  Ofili  painting.  The  Holy 
Virgin  Mary.  It  depicts  a  black  Virgin  covered  with  glitter, 
map  tacks,  collages  of  bare  backsides  floating  around  the 
figure  like  putti,  and  the  infamous  elephant  excrement, 
apparently  ubiquitous  in  Zimbabwe  where  the  artist  had 
once  gone  for  research.  While  the  audiotape  accompanying 
the  exhibition  cited  the  artist's  experiments  with  materials 
to  create  an  "earthy"  Virgin,  Giuliani  referred  to  the  show, 
and  Ofili's  piece  in  particular,  as  "Catholic-bashing."' 

The  sensationalism  of  Ofili's  painting  was  the  curator's  tri- 
umph, which  escaped  Giuliani  as  he  threatened  censorship 
during  the  senatorial  campaign.  Contrast  the  reaction  to  the 
"Sensation"  exhibition  with  the  isolated  instances  of  "sub- 
version" in  the  modern  religious  art  collections  in  the 
Vatican  Museums.  Visitors  often  spend  little  time  in  or 
bypass  the  Borgia  apartments  which  house  the  modern  reli- 
gious art  collection.  Most  of  the  art  in  the  collection  con- 


14     ''INTRODUCTION 


sists  of  familiar  religious  tfiemes,  scenes  from  the  Bible, 
abstract  religious  symbolism,  arid  several  portraits  of  popes. 

One  portrait  In  particular,  Francis  Bacon's  1953  Study  for  a 
Pope  II  reconsiders  Velazquez'  1650  portrait  of  Pope 
Innocent  X  as  a  shadowy,  slouched  figure  with  distorted 
facial  features  in  front  of  a  dark  background.  Throughout 
the  1950s,  Bacon  frequently  reworked  the  Velazquez  por- 
trait and  revisited  his  own  Interpretations  of  the  seven- 
teenth-century painting.  He  paired  the  pope  with  a  chim- 
panzee In  one  version;  in  others,  the  pope  covers  his  face 
as  though  in  shame  or  he  screams;  he  always  seems  some- 
how prurient. 

Bacon  serves  as  an  unlikely  beacon  of  modern  religious  art 
at  the  Vatican;  he  was  openly  homosexual,  eschewed 
organized  religion  and  he  often  subverted  motifs  of 
Christianity  In  his  work.  However,  he  explained  his  frequent 
return  to  the  portrait  as  the  pursuit  of  a  formal  line  of 
inquiry  — not  as  an  explicit  critique  of  Catholicism  or  its  fig- 
urehead.^  But  it  is  difficult  to  avoid  the  conclusion  that  the 
figure  of  the  pope  was  related  for  Bacon  to  primordial  feel- 
ings of  bestial  entrapment  and  it  is  hard  to  look  at  Bacon's 
Pope  in  the  Vatican  without  seeing  the  painting  as  a  part  of 
the  series. 


If  Ofili's  The  Holy  Virgin  Mary  found  an  audience  in  the 
unstable,  but  profitable  ground  of  hype.  Bacon's  Pope  now 
festers,  largely  unnoticed,  as  a  legitimate  religious  art  object 
by  the  authority  of  the  Church.  The  divergent  lives  of  the 
two  paintings  have  been  determined,  for  the  most  part,  by 
exposure,  but  the  two  paintings  illustrate  the  easy  use  of 
religious  rhetoric  for  political  gain,  despite  the  relatively 
short  span  of  the  shadow  cast  by  religion  on  contemporary 
secular  life.  The  Bacon  painting  was  a  gift  from  the  power- 
ful Fiat  magnate,  Gianni  Agnelli;  its  place  on  the  Vatican 
Museums'  walls  contains  its  power  of  critique.  In  any 
event,  the  pope  has  not  threatened  to  cut  off  funding  to  the 
Vatican  for  exhibiting  images  which  could  be  considered  as 
partaking  in  "Catholic-bashing." 

This  issue  of  Thresholds  explores  the  way  in  which  art, 
architecture,  landscapes,  and  cities,  real  and  imagined,  pur- 
sue, sustain,  and  even  elude  sacred  identities.  As  the  Ofilli 
and  the  Bacon  paintings  show,  a  specific  religious  identity 
is  often  imposed  onto  a  work.  Many  of  the  articles  present- 
ed here  address  not  only  how  religious  rhetoric  can  distort 
the  reception  of  an  object,  but  how  the  absence  of  an  initi- 
ating  presence   for   faith   also   distorts   its   representation. 


INTRODUCTION'  5 


Visual,  metaphorical,  allegorical,  or  spatial  manifestations  of 
religion  and  spirituality  rely  in  some  capacity  on  the  distor- 
tion of  the  known  and  recognizable  world  through  the  inter- 
pretation of  doctrine  and  sacred  texts;  the  explanation  of 
religious  belief  generally  occurs  within  the  basic  contours  of 
what  is  known,  but  the  distortion  lies  in  the  qualification  by 
the  imposition  of  literature  and  doctrine. 

Inherited  religious  myths  are  themselves  distorted,  re-pre- 
sented anew,  as  in  the  image  of  Adam  as  a  "man  with 
microscopes  and  telescopes  for  eyes."  Joanna  Picciotto 
describes  the  framing  of  experimentalism  on  the  cusp  of  the 
Enlightenment  through  interpretations  of  the  book  of 
Genesis.  She  argues  that  scientists  and  politicians  envi- 
sioned themselves  as  inhabiting  a  state  of  purgation,  phys- 
ically and  intellectually  laboring  to  achieve  objectivity  and 
scientific  progress,  paradoxically,  through  a  return  to 
Adamic  innocence.  While  Scripture  provided  a  framework 
for  the  experimental  enterprise  of  the  seventeenth-century 
scientist,  the  use  of  early  Islamic  texts  to  chart  territory  ren- 
dered space  malleable  far  from  contemporary  understand- 
ings of  accuracy.  Samer  Akkach  shows  that  the  pre-modern 
absence  of  a  scientific  grounding  for  geography  often  trans- 
posed the  world  into  an  icon,  based  on  theological  and  reli- 
gious texts.  The  texts  and  the  visual  imagination  served  to 
mutually  reinforce  each  other  as  the  space  between  sacred 
sites  collapsed  based  on  religious  continuity  rather  than 
geographic  distance. 

The  repeated  use  of  religious  rhetoric  in  the  political  realm 
also  serves  to  distort.  Claims  to  "promised  lands,"  sites 
consigned  by  "covenant'  or  "divine  ordinance,"  and  colonial 
enterprises  ideologically  founded  on  conversion  have  been 
legitimized  by  the  authority  of  religious  doctrine  and  scrip- 
tural narratives.  Daniel  Monk  discusses  the  "abstraction"  of 
architecture  in  the  conflict  over  land  in  Palestine  and  Israel 
to  achieve  political  "immediacy."  The  designation  of  a  site 
as  holy  turns  it  into  a  symbol  with  a  willfully  unstable  mean- 
ing as  the  drive  towards  a  religiously  idealized  history  splits 
from  the  actual  version  of  a  site's  history. 

Florian  Urban  examines  how  the  conception  of  post  World 
War  II  Berlin  brought  about  similar  abstractions  in  the 
attempt  to  regain  what  was  believed  to  be  the  city's  aura. 
He  describes  plans  for  the  rebuilding  of  the  city  to  under- 
stand the  spiritual  identification  with  an  idealized  past  and 


the  near  impossibility  of  its  replication.  While  it  may  be  dif- 
ficult for  the  living  city  to  face  its  history  and  find  its  spiri- 
tual center,  it  is,  however,  the  aspiration  of  religious  build- 
ing. Nasser  Rabbat  describes  how  the  Mosque  of  the 
Prophet  in  Medina  and  the  Ka'ba  in  Mecca  serve  double  pur- 
poses as  holy  sites;  they  represent  Koranic  interpretations 
of  faith  and  they  give  shape  to  collective  memory.  His  iden- 
tification of  a  fusion  between  universal  acts  of  devotion  and 
evocations  of  private  life  begins  to  dissolve  the  entrenched 
demarcations  of  sacred  and  profane  space  in  histories  of 
religious  sites. 

The  articles  here  show  that  while  the  strength  of  religion  is 
historically  conditioned,  the  tenacity  of  faith  in  classifying 
objects  and  places  as  sacred,  sacrilegious,  idolatrous,  pro- 
fane, didactic,  etc.  continues  to  be  as  much  a  function  of 
politics  and  the  survival  mechanisms  of  belief  systems  as  it 
is  theologically  motivated.  In  the  case  of  the  Ofili  and  Bacon 
paintings,  they  have  been  assigned  to  their  opposing  reli- 
gious posts  by  the  government  and  the  Church  respective- 
ly. While  the  religious  intent  of  the  Bacon  and  Ofili  paintings 
is  not  immediately  apparent,  Francis  Bacon's  ritual  return  to 
the  pope  through  his  deformations  of  Velazquez'  Innocent 
X  and  Ofili's  attempt  to  create  of  a  more  regionally  specific 
Virgin  literally  distort  the  familiar  representation  of  the 
image.  By  reconfiguring  conventional  religious  motifs,  they 
question  the  very  nature  of  the  iconic  figures  themselves. 
Thus,  the  branded  heretic  is  often  more  accurately  the  artis- 
tic inquisitor,  shirking  the  mimetic  protocols  of  doctrinal  rit- 
ual and  meaning  in  favor  of  a  spiritual  inspiration  from  out- 
side the  proscribed  parameters  of  religion. 


Notes 

1 .   Sensation:    Young  British  Artists   from   the  Saatchi  Coilection   (New   York, 
Thames  and  Hudson,  19981  133. 

2  Francis  Bacon:  Important  Paintings  from  the  Estate  (New  York:  Tony  Shafrazi 
Gallery,   1998.),  24. 


Illustrations 

Fig    1 :  Chris  Otili.  T/ie  Holy  Virgin  Mary.  1996. 

Fig  2:  Francis  Bacon,  Study  for  a  Pope  II,  Collection  of  Modern  Religious  Art, 

The  Vatican  Museums. 

Fig.  3:  Francis  Bacon,  Study  after  Velazquez  Portrait  of  Pope  Innocent  X,  1  953. 


6  /INTRODUCTION 


"What  is  the  meaning  of  red?"  the  blind  miniaturist  who'd 
drawn  the  horse  from  memory  asl<ed  again, 

"The  meaning  of  color  is  that  it  is  there  before  us  and  we 
see  it,  "  said  the  other.  "Red  cannot  be  explained  to  he  who 
cannot  see. " 

"To  deny  God's  existence,  victims  of  Satan  maintain  that 
God  is  not  visible  to  us,"  said  the  blind  miniaturist  who'd 
rendered  the  horse. 

"Yet,  He  appears  to  those  who  can  see, "  said  the  other 
master.  "It  is  for  this  reason  that  the  Koran  states  that  the 
blind  and  the  seeing  are  not  equal.  " 

My  Name  is  Red,  Orhan  Pamuk 


FREDERICK    M.    ASHER 
SHAPING    CONTESTATION: 
THE    KATRA    MOUND    OF    MATHURA 


Introduction 

Anyone  who  takes  a  course  in  the  art  of  India  will  encounter 
a  late  first-century  figure  commonly  known  as  the  Katra 
Buddha,  found  at  the  Katra  Mound  in  Mathura,  about  145 
kilometers  south  of  Delhi  (Fig.  1).  They  will  not,  however, 
encounter  the  very  long  and  contentious  history  of  this 
sculpture's  find  spot,  a  history  which  continues  to  have 
intense  ramifications  for  the  present. 

The  Katra  Mound  is  located  on  the  western  side  of  Mathura, 
adjacent  to  the  Bhuteshar  Mound,  where  extensive 
Buddhist  remains  were  excavated,  and  less  than  a  kilome- 
ter from  the  so-called  Jam  Stupa  site,  the  Kankali  Tila.' 
That  the  Katra  Mound  was  the  site  of  a  Buddhist  monastery 
seems  likely  due  to  the  several  images  of  Buddha  found 
there. 2  But  the  Buddhist  monastery  was  not  the  only  occu- 
pant of  the  Katra  Mound.  Objects  with  Jain  and 
Brahmanical  images  such  as  a  Kushan-period  pedestal 
inscribed  with  an  image  of  a  seated  Tirthankara  and  a  Gupta 
lintel  with  an  image  of  the  Hindu  god  Vishnu  were  also 
found  there. 3  We  know  that  it  was  the  location  of  the 
Keshavadeva  temple,  a  Hindu  temple,  dismantled  under 
Aurangzeb's  orders  and  replaced  with  a  great  mosque  that 
still  occupies  the  site  (Fig.  2).* 

The  replacement  of  a  temple  by  a  mosque  was  clearly  inten-. 
tional  and  sequential.  But  should  we  assume,  as  Alexander 
Cunningham  asserts,  that  the  Katra  Mound  has  always 
been  occupied  sequentially,  that  is,  first  by  Buddhists,  then 
Brahmans,  and  finally  Musalmans?^  This  assertion,  and  oth- 
ers like  it,  assumes  exclusive  propriety  of  the  sacred  site  at 
any  given  time,  a  notion  that  fits  well  with  the  assumptions 
of  certain  types  of  art  history,  committed  to  explaining  his- 
tory in  sequences.  But  is  that  notion  largely  a  construct  of 


8    ,' ASHER 


a  present-day  world  in  which  territory  is  more  often  con- 
tested on  religious  grounds  than  simply  shared? 

We  must  situate  the  destruction  and  transformation  of  the 
Keshavadeva  temple  in  its  historical  context.  The  temple 
was  built  at  the  beginning  of  the  seventeenth  century  by 
Fiaja  Bir  Singh  Deo  of  Orchha  and  was  supported  by  impe- 
rial Mughal  funds.  Thus,  it  was  not  a  temple  of  great  antiq- 
uity and  it  was  specifically  associated  with  the  memory  of 
a  living  person  — still  alive  in  1669,  when  the  temple  was 
destroyed  in  retaliation  for  Jat  uprisings  in  the  area  around 
Mathura.  Mughal  losses  were  massive  and  included  the 
Mughal  commandant  of  Mathura. ^  The  destruction  was 
thus  politically,  not  religiously,  motivated. 

Today,  the  site  has  been  imbued  with  a  new  meaning.  It  has 
been  identified  as  the  locus  of  Krishna's  birthplace,  and  a 
large  temple  complex  has  been  constructed   immediately 


abutting  the  mosque.  The  space  is  not  just  contested,  it  is 
highly  charged.  A  temple  marks  what  is  now  known  as 
Krishna  Janmabhumi,  the  site  claimed  as  the  exact  location 
of  his  birth  (Fig.  4).  Another  temple,  still  newer  and  even 
larger,  celebrates  the  site  of  Krishna's  birth,  if  not  its  pre- 
cise location.  Thousands  descend  everyday  upon  the  tem- 
ple compound.  By  contrast,  however,  few  visitors  go  to  the 
old  mosque  even  though  its  entrance  is  only  several  hun- 
dred meters  away  from  the  entrance  to  the  temple  com- 
pound. Even  though  the  mosque  remains  standing  at  the 
moment.  Viva  Hindu  Parishad  is  intent  on  its  demolition. 

Religious  Interaction  and 
Identity  in  Pre-Modern  India 

The  current  tension  between  Hindus  and  Muslims  in  India  is 
largely  a  result  of  a  colonial  insistence  on  defining  individual 
identity  based  on  religion  rather  than  on  any  pre-colonial 
social   phenomenon   (Fig.    3).    Even   in   recent  history,   the 


ASHER/    9 


notion  of  distinct  religious  and  ceremonial  spaces  was  not 
entirely  pertinent.  For  example,  a  report  in  the  nineteenth- 
century  edition  of  the  Gwallor  District  Gazetteer  states: 

There  has  been  a  custom,  since  the  days  of  the 
Maratha  rule,  for  the  people  of  different  religions 
to  join  in  the  festival  celebrations  of  other  reli- 
gions. For  Instance,  the  Maharaja  SIndhIa  and  his 
Sardars  used  to  participate  in  the  Tazia  proces- 
sions during  Moharram,  and  the  Muslims  took  part 
In  Dussehra  celebrations.' 

"...At  one  of  most  sacred  sites  of  Islam  In  all  South  Asia, 
the  Dargah  of  Muln-ud-DIn  Chlshti,"  an  older  edition  of  the 
Ajmer  District  Gazetteer  notes,  "the  shrine  of  Khwaja  Sahib 
is  venerated  and  visited  by  Hindus  as  well  as 
Muhammadans  and  other  Indians  irrespective  of  their  reli- 
gion. "8  This  underscores  the  need  to  consider  with  care  the 


Bombay  (Mumbal 


meaning  of  religious  identity  in  South  Asia.  To  what  extent 
does  the  current  makeup  of  religious  identities  devoid  of 
communitarian  dimensions  overlap  with  the  legacy  of  colo- 
nial reforms?  Perhaps  the  making  of  this  pigeonholed  reli- 
gious strata  can  be  most  closely  associated  with  the  first 
all-India  census  in  1871,  which  mandated  counting  individ- 
uals by  religious  categories  conceived  by  the  British. 9  There 
are  even  cases  in  which  communities  identify  as  both 
Hindus  and  Muslims,  for  example,  the  Patuas  of  Bengal  or 
the  Meherata  Rajputs  of  the  Udaipur  and  Amjer  Districts. 'O 
In  cases  such  as  these,  members  of  the  communities  do  not 
imagine  a  dual  identity  but  rather,  they  simply  identify  with 
the  larger  community  and  its  culturally  instilled  practices. '^ 

There  are  many  other  examples  of  shared  religious  spaces 
In  India.  For  example,  there  are  temples  that  are  possibly 
Hindu  at  the  site  of  Buddhist  monasteries  such  as  those 
from  the  monasteries  of  Sanchi  and  Nalanda.  Their  shared 
forms  make  them  essentially  indistinguishable,  suggesting  a 
common  Indian  visual  vocabulary  that  extends  beyond 
these  two  religions.  For  example,  at  Khajuraho,  the  Jain 
temples  of  Parshvanatha  and  Adinatha  form  part  of  the  so- 
called  Eastern  Group.  During  the  fifth-century  Gupta 
dynasty,  followers  of  the  Hindu  god  Vishnu  patronized  a 
Buddhist  monastery,  Nalanda,  and  the  Mughal  emperor, 
Akbar,  built  a  Hindu  temple  at  Brindavan  through  his  agent. 
Raja  Man  Singh.  In  turn.  Raja  Man  Singh  built  an  enormous 
mosque  at  Rajmahal  in  Bengal.  Even  Aurangzeb,  who 
destroyed  Bir  Singh  Deo's  temple  on  the  Katra  Mound  and 
replaced  it  with  a  mosque,  granted  extensive  land  to  sup- 
port the  operation  of  Hindu  temples. ^^ 

The  Katra  Mound 

All  pertinent  pre-modern  texts  on  the  subject  agree  that 
Krishna  was  born  in  Mathura.  Yet  they  do  not  specify  the 
precise  location  of  the  birth  in  the  city.'^  For  this  reason,  all 
Mathura  and  its  environs  were  considered  sacred,  as  indi- 
cated by  the  impressively  large  circuit  of  pilgrimage  sites 
associated  with  Krishna  in  the  region.  The  present  siting  of 
the  god's  birthplace  at  the  Katra  Mound,  therefore,  does  not 
seem  to  have  any  real  foundation  in  antiquity. 

We  have  relatively  little  information  about  the  temple  built 
by  Bir  Singh  Deo,  which  was  demolished  and  replaced  by 
Aurangzeb's  mosque.  There  are  no  surviving  inscriptions 
commemorating  its  foundation.  In  addition,  no  other  refer- 
ences of  such  an  association  are  found  in  the  European  and 
local  scholarship  on  the  subject.  For  example,  F.S.  Growse, 
the  district  officer  of  the  region,  recognized  the  importance 


10    /ASHER 


of  Krishna  to  Mathura  in  his  1883  book,  Mathura:  A  District 
/Vlemoir.''^  But  when  he  discusses  the  Katra  Mound  and  Bir 
Singh's  temple  that  once  stood  there,  he  never  identifies  it 
as  the  site  of  Krishna's  birth.  This  is  not  simply  a  sign  of 
neglected  or  undiscovered  evidence.  Grovue's  report  pays 
considerable  attention  to  local  traditions  and  reflects  the 
absence  of  a  reference  to  any  such  association  in  them 

The  French  jeweler,  Tavernier,  does  not  refer  to  Krishna's 
birth  in  his  detailed  description  of  the  site,  wo  centuries 
before  Growse.^5  Tavernier  saw  the  temple  around  1650 
and  describes  it  as  the  third  most  important  temple  in  all 
India  and  one  of  the  most  sumptuous  in  the  realm,  even 
though,  he  reports,  not  many  Hindus  worship  there. 
Tavernier  notes  his  encounter  with  the  priests  and  even 
describes  viewing  the  temple's  main  image,  but  nowhere 
does  he  suggest  its  association  with  the  birth  of  the  god 
Krishna. '6 

Many  historians  have  argued  that  Bir  Singh's  temple  was 
not  the  first  at  the  site.  Some  six  hundred  years  later, 
Badauni,  now  well-known  for  his  anti-Hindu  stance,  argued 


that  there  had  been  a  temple  on  the  Katra  site  which  Sultan 
Mahmud  of  Ghazni  destroyed  when  he  raided  Mathura  in 
1017.1^  We  also  have  Mahmud's  own  claim  that  the 
numerous  idols  he  destroyed  in  a  temple  at  Mathura  yield- 
ed immense  amounts  of  gold  and  jewels. ''^ 

The  damage  wrought  by  Mahmud  did  not  last  long.  An 
inscription  found  at  the  Katra  Mound  dated  1 1  50,  that  is, 
133  years  after  the  time  of  Mahmud  of  Ghazni,  mentions 
the  construction  of  a  temple  of  Vishnu  at  the  site,  so  bril- 
liantly white  and  large  that  it  was  said  to  be  "touching  the 
clouds. "19  The  inscription  makes  no  mention  of  the  claim 
that  this  temple  replaced  an  earlier  building  or  that  its  loca- 
tion marks  the  birthplace  of  Krishna.  Given  the  complete 
absence  of  such  references  in  the  various  historical  docu- 
ments relating  to  the  site,  it  is  hard  to  believe  that  this  site 
was  seen  in  1 1  50  as  Krishna's  Janmabhum,  or  birthplace. 
What  happened  to  this  temple  that  necessitated  its  replace- 
ment by  Bir  Singh  Deo  is  also  quite  uncertain.  It  is  general- 
ly stated  with  considerable  confidence  that  Sikander  Lodi 
(r.  1489-1  517)  destroyed  the  temple. 20  There  is,  however, 
no  historical  evidence  of  such  a  claim.  We  only  know  that 


AS  HER/    11 


LodI  constructed  a  mosque  at  Mathura  and  persecuted  sev- 
eral Hindus.  We  learn  from  the  account  of  a  Jesuit,  Father 
Monserrate,  present  from  1580-1582  at  the  court  of  the 
Mughal  Emperor  Akbar,  that  many  temples  were  found  in 
the  area  and  that  huge  crowds  of  pilgrims  came  from  all 
over  India  to  one  temple  in  particular  — one  that  must  have 
escaped  Sikander  Lodi's  desecration,  if  indeed,  he  did  des- 
ecrate temples. 

Krishna  Janmabhumi 

To  what  extent  is  a  historical  document  of  consequence  to 
religious  belief?  The  present  temples  comprising  the  site 
known  as  Krishna  Janmabhumi  at  the  Katra  Mound  shape 
belief;  they  do  not  simply  mark  or  commemorate  it  (Fig.  4). 
Historically,  the  site  has  carried  considerable  importance. 
Various  versions  of  the  Mathura  Mahatmya,  especially  rela- 
tively late  versions  of  this  text  on  Mathura's  sanctity,  con- 
ceptualize the  Katra  Mound  as  the  center  of  a  lotus  which 
is  used  to  map  Mathura,  perhaps  because  it  is  Mathura's 
highest  point. ^i  But  no  version  of  this  text  associates  the 
Mound  with  Krishna's  birthplace.  This  claim  seems  to  have 
evolved,  at  least  in  part,  to  strengthen  legal  claims  to  the 
site.  Muslims  who  argued  that  the  Mound  belonged  to  the 
mosque  constructed  there  brought  the  first  claim  to  court  in 
1  878.  Although  we  know  little  about  the  background  of  this 
claim,  we  can  surmise  that  it  was  entered  because  the 
Muslim  community  began  to  feel  that  the  lineage  of  their 
mosque  was  seriously  contested.  The  verdict  concluded,  to 
the  detriment  of  the  Muslim  community,  that  the  Katra 
Mound  had  not  been  owned  but  that  King  Patnimal  of 
Banaras  had  purchased  it  from  the  East  India  Company  in 
1815.  At  least  three  subsequent  court  cases  were  filed,  but 
they  assigned  ownership  of  the  mosque  to  descendants  of 
the  Hindu  King  Patnimal.  In  1944,  J.  K.  Biria  purchased  the 
land  from  the  descendants  of  King  Patnimal  with  the 
express  intention  of  building  a  temple,  apparently  to  com- 
memorate the  birthplace  of  Krishna. ^2  Almost  immediately 
after  the  settlement  of  this  case  in  1946,  a  Krishna 
Janmasthan  Trust  was  established  and  BirIa  sold  the  land  to 
it.  Work  on  a  temple  commenced  in  1953,  but  was  con- 
cluded only  recently.  The  temple  includes  an  underground 
chamber  immediately  abutting  the  qibta  wall  of  the  mosque, 
believed  to  be  the  spot  of  Krishna's  birth.  The  still  larger 
temple  at  the  site  was  completed  even  more  recently.  Its 
construction  could  not  have  commenced  until  the  decision 
of  the  last  court  case  in  1960,  which  stated  that  the 
Krishna  Janmasthan  Trust  legally  owned  the  property  and 
that  Muslims  were  protected  for  use  of  the  mosque  only  on 
the  occasion  of  Eid.  Thus,  a  legal  battle  among  parties  who 


identified  themselves  in  religious  terms  managed  to  trans- 
form the  space  of  a  temple  into  the  space  of  a  specific 
sacred  locus,  namely,  Krishna's  birthplace. 

The  history  of  the  Katra  Mound  as  a  contested  space  is  only 
part  of  the  issue.  The  parallel  issue  begs  the  question:  why 
can't  this  space  be  shared  by  the  two  communities,  Hindus 
and  Muslims,  as  one  hopes  Jerusalem  can  be  shared  — at 
least  its  religious  monuments  if  not  its  political  status  — by 
Jews,  Christians,  and  Muslims?  The  answer  is,  at  least  in 
part,  dependent  on  differing  conceptions  of  religious  space. 
For  those  religions  formed  on  West  Asian  soil,  religious 
space  is  generally  conceived  as  a  place  where  adherents 
might  gather.  Most  sites  do  not  have  an  inherent  sanctity 
that  goes  beyond  their  function. 

The  West  Asian  conception  of  a  religious  structure  is,  how- 
ever, quite  different  from  the  Hindu  conception  of  a  sacred 
space.  A  temple  is  believed  to  be  god's  space,  not  that  of 
mortals.  It  is  thus  charged  in  ways  entirely  different  from 
space  intended  to  accommodate  mortals.  This  notion  can 
explain  why  religious  tensions  in  Belfast,  for  example,  might 
be  effectively  fought  in  the  streets  or  pubs,  and  those  in 
Jerusalem  in  the  marketplace  or  on  crowded  buses,  where- 
as in  India,  the  temple  and  the  mosque  have  become  the 
objects  of  contestation. 

In  the  case  of  Belfast  and  Jerusalem,  the  dominance  of  a 
nation-state,  or  at  least  a  specifically  designated  part  of 
such  a  modern  state,  appears  to  be  the  desired  goal.  The 
protests  are  public  and  intended  to  intimidate  the  opposi- 
tion, a  battle  that  is  most  effectively  waged  in  public  space. 
But  in  India,  where  the  temple  marks  god's  space,  not  that 
of  his  worshipers,  competing  shrines  are  imagined  to  dimin- 
ish the  unique  power  of  the  deity  and  his  ability  to  manifest 
himself.  Thus  in  India,  the  lines  are  drawn  not  just  on  the 
basis  of  the  religious  identity,  that  is,  along  social  lines,  but 
on  the  basis  of  structures,  believed  to  be  necessary  for 
god's  presence. 

Of  course,  the  structure  stands  for  more  than  god's  pres- 
ence; it  is  imagined  as  the  very  locus  of  his  birth.  Birth,  of 
course,  irretrievably  alters  a  shared  space  due  to  the  evo- 
cations of  the  womb,  and  is,  therefore,  an  event  invariably 
fraught  with  contestation.  This  notion  cannot  be  underesti- 
mated in  seeking  to  grasp  the  charged  nature  of  birth  sites 
such  as  Ayodhya  and  the  Katra  Mound. 23 


12    /AS  HER 


Shared  Space 

Are  Hindus  and  Muslims  invariably  opposed?  Not  necessar- 
ily; their  opposition  depends  on  the  currency  of  their  identi- 
ty. There  is  at  least  one  place  where  I  have  observed  a  very 
different  interaction  between  Hindus  and  Muslims.  In 
Singapore,  there  is  a  large  Indian  community  — some  6.4% 
of  the  population.  These  Indians  are  mostly  from  South 
India  or  Bengal,  and  are  both  Hindu  and  Muslim.  Indeed, 
their  religious  monuments  are  often  situated  side  by  side, 
mostly  in  the  area  called  Little  India,  but  also  in  other  parts 
of  the  island  nation.  This  proximity  is  not  based  on  con- 
tested land.  Rather,  when  the  currency  of  identity  is  nation- 
al origin  — is  one  Chinese,  Malay,  or  Indian?  — members  of 
the  minority  group,  Indian  in  this  case,  bond  on  the  basis  of 
their  Indian  heritage  rather  than  on  the  basis  of  their  reli- 
gious identity.  By  fragmenting  themselves  further  — after 
religious  allegiance  — their  voices  would  become  even  more 
restricted.  Perhaps,  this  can  serve  as  a  lesson  for  small 
nations  that  fracture  along  religious  lines. 

Notes 

1  See  Alexander  Cunningham.  Archaeological  Survey  of  India  Reports  vol.  I, 
reprinted  (Delhi:  Indoiogical  Book  House.  1972).  plate  XXXIX,  for  a  map  of 
Mathura  that  shows  the  site,  there  called  Katara. 

2  Joanna  Williams,  "A  Mathura  Gupta  Buddha  Reconsidered,"  Lalit  Kal  vol.  17 
11974):  28-32.  The  well-known  standing  Buddha  dated  to  280  AD  was  found 
beside  a  seated  Bodhisattva  of  the  Kushana  period  at  the  Katra  Mound.  Joanna 
Williams  has  effectively  shown  this  to  be  a  work  of  the  Early  Gupta  period. 

3  V.S.  Agrawala,  "Catalogue  of  the  Mathura  Museum;  111.  Jama  Tirthankaras 
and  Other  Miscellaneous  Figures."  Journal  of  the  UP-  Historical  Society  Vol. 
XXIll  (19501:  46.  VS.  Agrawala,  "Catalogue  of  the  Mathura  Museum;  II.  A 
Catalogue  of  Brahma,  Vishnu  and  Siva  in  Mathura  Art."  Journal  of  the  U.P. 
Historical  Society  Vo\.  XXII  (1949):  109-110. 

4  For  a  vitriolic  diatribe  against  those  who,  like  me.  see  the  likelihood  that  the 
Vaishnava  temples  were  constructed  on  the  remains  of  older  Buddhist  and  Jam 
structures,  see  Sita  Ram  Goel,  Hindu  Temples;  What  Happened  to  Them  (New 
Delhi:  Voice  of  India,  1993),  chapter  5.  This  should  set  to  rest  any  doubt  about 
The  political  nature  of  arguments  over  this  space. 

5  Cunningham,  235. 

6  Much  of  this  history  is  summarized  in  Catherine  Asher,  Architecture  of 
Mughal  India  (Cambridge:  Cambridge  University  Press,  1992),  162-164. 

7  Madhya  Pradesh  District  Gazetteers.  Gwalior  (Bhopal:  Government  Central 
Press,  19651,  56.  The  passage  quotes  a  previous  edition  of  the  Gazetteer. 

8  Rajasthan  District  Gazetteers,  Ajmer  (Jaipur:  Government  Central  Press, 
1966),  715.  The  passage  quotes  a  previous  edition  of  the  Gazetteer. 

9  Kenneth  W.  Jones.  "Religious  Identity  and  the  Indian  Census."  in  The  Census 


in  British  India,  edited  by  N.  Gerald  Barrier  (New  Delhi:  Manohar,    1981),   73- 

101. 

10    Binoy    Bhattacharjee.    Cultural    Oscillation:    A    Study    on    Patua    Culture 

(Calcutta:    Naya    Prokash,    1980);    Harjot    Oberoi,    Construction    of   Religious 

Boundaries  (Delhi:  Oxford  University  Press,  1994),   10-12. 

1  1  Oberoi,  8-9.  Oberoi  makes  the  case  that  in  the  nineteenth  century,  a  classi- 

ficatory  model  for  religious  identity  that  did  not  necessarily  reflect  indigenous 

reality  was  imposed 

12  Journal  of  the  Pakistan  Historical  Society  Vol.  5/4  (1957):  247-254. 

13  A.W.  Entwistle,  Braj:  Centre  of  Krishna  Pilgrimage  (Groningen:  Egbert 
Forsten,  1987). 

14  F,S.  Growse,  Mathura:  A  District  Memoir  (Allahabad:  Northwestern 
Provinces  and  Oudh  Government  Press,   1883), 

15  Jean-Baptiste  Tavernier,  Travels  in  India,  edited  by  V.  Ball  and  William 
Crooke  (New  Delhi:  Oriental  Books  Reprint  Corp.,  1976),   187, 

16  Tavernier.   187, 

17  George  S.A,  Ranking,  ed.  and  trans.,  Muntakhb-ut-Tawarikh  (Calcutta: 
Baptist  Mission  Press,  1898),  24-25,  See  also  Entwistle,  125.  He  asserts  that 
Mahmud  destroyed  the  temple,  yet  he  offers  no  historical  evidence  for  his  claim. 

18  For  a  translation  of  Mahmud's  reference  to  the  conquest  of  Mathura,  see 
Abu  al-Nasr  Abd  al-Jabbar,  The  Kitab-i-Yamini:  Historical  Memoirs  of  the  Amir 
Sabaktagin,  and  the  Sultan  Mahmud  of  Ghazna  (London:  Oriental  Translation 
Fund  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  1858).  454-456.  This  suggests  that  Mahmud 
and  other  Muslim  invaders  after  him  sought  valuable  commodities  much  more 
than  the  satisfaction  of  engaging  in  iconoclastic  despoilment.  In  pre-modern 
warfare,  one  way  of  encouraging  and  paying  an  army  was  the  promise  of  plun- 
der. In  Islam  — as  in  the  other  Western  Asian  religions,  namely  Christianity  and 
Judaism  — religious  structures  are  gathering  places;  they  are  congregational, 
quite  unlike  a  Hindu  temple.  It  is  likely  that  conquerors  such  as  Mahmud  of 
Ghazni  imagined  that  by  destroying  temples  they  were  eradicating  gathering 
places  for  people,  an  institution  fundamental  to  a  social  network  and  thus,  to 
the  potential  resistance. 

19  Georg  Buhler,  "The  Mathura  Prasasti  of  the  Reign  of  Vijayapala,  Dated 
Samvat  1207."  Epigraphia  Indica  Vol.  I  (1892):  287-293. 

20  Entwistle, 134-136. 

21  Ibid.,  320. 

22  Ibid.,  216-217. 

23  I  am  indebted  to  my  colleague,  Jane  Blocker,  for  this  insight.  I  need  to  pur- 
sue this  point  further  in  order  to  understand  better  the  charged  nature  of  these 
birth  sites. 


Illustrations 

Fig.  1:  Buddha  from  the  Katra  Mound.  Mathura. 
Fig.  2:  Idgah  Mosque  adjacent  to  Krishna  Janmabhumi. 
Fig.  3:  Map  showing  Mathura  and  related  sites. 
Fig.  4:  Krishna  Janmabhumi,  overall  view. 


ASHER/    13 


JOANNA    PICCIOTTO 

PROGRESS    AND    THE    SPACE    OF    PREHISTORY 


In  early  modern  England,  experimental  philosophers  and  the 
writers  they  influenced  were  entranced  by  the  research 
question  put  forward  by  Francis  Bacon:  whether  "that  same 
commerce  of  the  mind  and  of  things. ..might  by  any  means 
be  entirely  restored"  to  its  perfect  and  original  condition."'' 
The  mortification  of  Copernicanism,  the  epiphany  of  a 
microworld  beneath  the  threshold  of  visibility,  and  the  res- 
urrection of  the  ancient  atomists'  distinction  between  pri- 
mary and  secondary  qualities  all  provided  reasons  for  exper- 
imentalists to  believe  that  the  first  man  had  been  immune 
to  perceptual  limitation  and  rational  error;  in  his  created 
state,  at  least,  man  must  have  been  equal  to  his  status  as 
the  sovereign  and  designated  witness  of  creation. 
Innocence  was  thus  to  be  identified  not  with  ignorance,  but 
with  insight.  Understood  as  the  subject  of  extreme  episte- 
mological  privilege,  Adam  was  not  a  nostalgia-inspiring  fig- 
ure, his  experience  of  the  world  being  utterly  alien  by  defi- 
nition. The  early  modern  laboratory  was  consecrated  to  the 
task  of  reversing  the  moment  of  transformation  from  the 
alien  to  the  familiar;  here,  experimentalists  attempted  to 
break  down  the  phenomenological  boundary  that  separated 
corrupted  humanity  from  created  humanity. 

Experimentalists  glimpsed  their  idealized  self-image  in  the 
Adam  who  named  the  creatures  iGenesis  2:19).  Taking  the 
opportunity  in  his  History  of  the  Royal  Society  to  muse  on 
"the  first  service,  that  Adam  perform'd  to  his  Creator,  when 
he  obey'd  him  in  mustring,  and  naming,  and  looking  into  the 
Nature  of  all  the  Creatures,"  Bishop  Thomas  Sprat  grew 
wistful:  "this  had  bin  the  only  Religion,  if  men  had  contin- 
ued innocent  in  Paradise."^  Sprat's  redescription  of  the 
scene  of  naming  as  the  first  act  of  obedience  fuses  worship 
of  God  with  the  gratification  of  curiosity,  the  cognitive 
appetite  once  held  responsible  for  the  fall.  It  also  dilates  the 


scene  of  naming  to  encompass  experimental  methods: 
Adam  did  not  just  name  the  creatures  after  surveying  them, 
he  mustered  and  looked  into  them;  through  techniques  like 
dissection  and  the  use  of  optical  instruments,  the  experi- 
mentalist did  the  same.  Revealing  to  readers  of  his 
MIcrographia  the  "stupendious  Mechanisms  and  con- 
trivances" that  characterize  "the  smallest  and  most  despi- 
cable Fly"  when  viewed  under  a  microscope,  Robert  Hooke 
wondered,  "Who  knows  but  Adam  might  from  some  such 
contemplation,  give  names  to  all  creatures?"  Hooke  went 
on  to  suggest  that  God  has  given  us  "a  capacity,  which, 
assisted  with  diligence  and  industry,"  might  enable  us  to 
see  what  Adam  saw,  and  to  assign  the  same  names  to 
nature. 3  To  claim,  as  Joseph  Glanvill,  that  Adam  had  not 
originally  needed  "Galileo's  tube"  in  order  to  contemplate 
distant  planets,  and  that  "he  had  as  clear  a  perception  of 
the  earths  motion,  as  we  think  we  have  of  its  quiescence" 
was  clearly  to  celebrate  contemporary  discoveries."  Just  as 
the  image  of  Adam  as  a  man  with  microscopes  and  tele- 
scopes for  eyes  lifts  technology  out  of  history,  the  trans- 
formation of  Eden  into  a  specifically  epistemological  para- 
dise cleanses  originary  desire  of  any  attachment  to  a  privi- 
leged time  or  place. 

The  doctrine  of  original  sin  made  identification  with  Adam 
compulsory  at  the  moment  of  the  first  disobedience;  exper- 
imentalists grasped  this  compulsory  identification,  using  the 
innocent  Adam  to  designate  the  expression  of  human  intel- 
lectual potential  under  ideal  conditions  — conditions  that 
they  worked  to  recreate.  If  no  single  individual  had  a  claim 
on  the  privileged  perspective  of  humanity's  first  representa- 
tive, the  collective  subject  of  the  new  science  did.  As 
experimentalists  worked  to  transform  their  identification 
with  Adam  into  a  relationship  of  identity,  the  metaphorical 


in  /PICCIOTTO 


link  between  the  laboratory  and  paradise  became  mutually 
conditioning.  The  project  of  paradlsal  recovery  was 
enmeshed  in  the  cognitive  and  physical  struggles  that  char- 
acterize efforts  to  construct  an  objective  perspective  on  the 
world:  the  impossibility  of  the  goal  guaranteed  its  perma- 
nence. The  means  and  the  end  of  paradisal  recovery  col- 
lapsed, and  Eden  came  to  assume  the  features  of  a  work- 
ing laboratory. 

While  the  godly  cognitive  appetite  was  an  incentive  to 
industry  in  Adam,  Eve's  association  with  carnal  appetite 
sanctioned  a  new  etiology  of  the  first  sin  as  the  perversion 
of  the  first  virtue;  "idle  curiosity."  Eve  fell  because  she 
"neglected  her  daily  Work"  and  "was  at  leisure,"  not 
because  she  exhibited  an  investigative  interest  in  God's 
work,  which  would  have  been  laudable.  The  fall  was  the 
result  of  an  insufficiently  rigorous  curiosity,  which  tempted 
her  to  put  her  trust  in  "thin  Apparence"  and  "subtle 
Fallacies."  The  sin  represented  by  the  forbidden  fruit  was 
not  the  desire  for  knowledge  but  the  desire,  in  the  words  of 
John  Milton's  Eve,  to  "feed  at  once  both  Bodie  and  Mind," 
rather  than  working  to  subject  the  body  to  the  demands  of 
the  mind.  The  experimentalist  etiology  of  sin  reveals  inno- 
cence to  be  a  metfiod.  The  regenerate  intellectual  laborer 
who  displayed  intellectual  chastity  or  a  "virgin  Mind"  — the 
willed  innocence  or  objectivity  of  the  modern  scientist  — 
along  with  a  commitment  to  continuous  labor  was  the  prod- 
uct of  this  method. 5  The  intellectual  hunger  and  restless- 
ness once  associated  with  the  internalized  serpent  of  origi- 
nal sin  thus  motivated  a  divinely  sanctioned  disciplinary  reg- 
imen of  perpetual  self-exertion,  a  complex  and  torturous 
process  whose  aim  was  to  recover  paradise  by  the  very 
means  it  was  once  thought  to  have  been  lost. 


actually  relieved  by  the  curse,  which  reassures  him  that  he 
won't  be,  as  he  puts  it,  "unemployed"  after  his  expulsion 
from  the  garden.  When  the  young  Robert  Boyle  built  his  first 
laboratory —  literally  a  "workroom"  — on  his  estate,  he  felt 
like  he  had  escaped  into  "Elysium."  Describing  the  bitter- 
sweet pleasures  of  investigation  he  pursued  there,  Boyle 
observed  that  the  success  of  his  "best  toils"  only  engaged 
him  in  new  ones.  The  work  involved  not  only  to  regain  but 
simply  to  inhabit  paradise  was  perpetual. 

This  georgic  ideal  of  paradise  seems  a  far  cry  from  medieval 
depictions  of  Eden  as  a  hortus  conclusus,  but  it  extends 
medieval  treatments  of  the  postlapsarian  Adam  as  the  first 
laborer.  Medieval  representations  of  the  garden  control  the 
conceptual  fertility  of  Eden  as  a  symbolic  site  of  human 
achievement  and  self-sufficiency,  identifying  the  enclosed 
fertility  of  Eden  with  the  Mother  of  Christ,  the  second 
Adam.  In  medieval  representations  of  the  fall  and  the  curse, 
however,  we  see  Adam  and  Eve  unobscured  by  Marian 
camouflage.  Compared  to  the  decorous  and  static  imagery 
of  the  enclosed  garden,  such  representations  seem  posi- 
tively boisterous  since  they  show  Adam  and  Eve  at  work.  A 
thirteenth-century  English  Book  of  Hours  depicts  an  angel 
giving  a  spade  and  distaff  to  Adam  and  Eve;  the  rose  win- 
dow in  the  north  transept  of  the  Lincoln  Cathedral  features 
"the  angel  instructing  Adam  and  Eve  in  the  arts  of  digging 
and  spinning."^  These  angelic  overseers  encourage  us  to 
regard  the  scenes  they  grace  as  independently  celebratory 
images  of  the  laborers  from  whom  all  human  beings 
descended  and  in  whom  they  were  all  represented.  If  these 
images  look  forward  to  Christ  at  all,  it  is  by  suggesting  not 
a  need  for  Christ,  but  a  continuity  with  him  in  his  kenosis 
as  a  homo  pauperrimus. 


The  identification  of  the  innocent  Adam  as  a  physical  and 
intellectual  laborer  promoted  the  notion  that  regenerate 
intellectual  pursuits,  far  from  being  the  fruits  of  idleness, 
were  in  fact  work.  In  his  treatise  on  paradise,  which  he  ded- 
icated to  Bacon,  John  Salkeld  insists  that  innocent  man 
would  not  have  been  happy  living  an  Idle  life;  hence  "Man 
therefore  is  no  sooner  made,  then  he  is  set  to  work. ..that 
hee  working  might  keepe  paradise,  and  paradise  by  the 
same  worke  might  keep  him  from  idleness,  from  sinne."  It 
follows  that  if  "cheerefully  we  go  about  our  business,  so 
much  nearer  we  come  to  our  Paradise."  This  laborious  pro- 
gram of  imitatio  Adami  renders  work  "a  recreation,  and 
rejoicing  of  the  will  and  minde,"  and  a  means  to  make  and 
keep  the  self  holy.®  Since  "Wearisome  toiles,  and  labours" 
turn  out  to  be  the  very  stuff  of  paradise,  Milton's  Adam  is 


Throughout  the  Middle  Ages,  the  motif  of  Adam  at  work 
evoked  the  equality  of  humanity's  original  state.  The 
proverb  "When  Adam  delf  and  Eve  span,  /  Whare  was  than 
the  pride  of  man?"  blended  the  ontological  prestige  of  the 
original  order  of  creation  with  work,  the  most  prominent 
feature  of  the  fallen  world.  It  suspends  the  first  laborer 
between  his  fallen  and  unfallen  state;  the  image  of  the  first 
laborer  in  his  humility  and  lack  of  pride  merges  with  Adam 
in  the  state  of  blameless  innocence.  John  Ball,  one  of  the 
leaders  of  the  Peasants  Revolt  of  1381,  devoted  his  cele- 
brated Blackheath  sermon  to  expounding  a  variant  of  the 
proverb;  "Whanne  Adam  dalfe  and  Eve  span,  /  Who  was 
thanne  a  gentil  man?"  arguing  that  "all  were  created  to  be 
equal  by  nature  la  natura]  from  the  beginning  Is  principio]." 
Fusing  "by  nature"  and  "from  the  beginning,"  this  originary 


PICCIOTTO,'  15 


Uati  ^ctn  bo/cTi  o5cr  ^bcln 


1, ' 


fctect-prft  vt>i5er  ^vxcv  n^iC^  Ji 


16  'PICCIOTTO 


mode  of  thought  performs  revolutionary  work,  identifying 
the  absolutely  novel  with  the  originary  and  the  "real. "8 

Ball's  sermon  was  revived  in  the  activities  of  the  Diggers, 
who  assumed  control  of  St.  George's  Hill  in  Surrey  in  1649, 
claiming  collective  ownership  of  this  land  on  the  basis  of 
the  labor  they  had  invested  in  it.  This  project  of  "acting  with 
Plow  and  Spade"  — creating  revolution  through  the  work  of 
"delving"  — depended  on  a  collective  identification  with 
Adam.  As  their  leader  Gerrard  Winstanley  put  it,  "The  Earth 
in  the  first  Creation  of  it,  was  freely  given  to  whole 
mankind,  without  respect  of  Persons;"  the  word  of  com- 
mand was  imparted  "to  whole  mankinde  (not  to  one  or  a 
few  single  branches  of  mankindel  to  take  possession."  The 
"naked  Spademen"  who  were  causing  such  commotion,  he 
explained,  are  Adam,  who  is  now  "risen  to  great  strength, 
and  the  whole  Earth  is  now  filled  with  him."  As  Eden  was 
restored  on  St.  George's  Hill,  the  "Lord  of  the  Earth"  was 
revealed  to  be  all  people  willing  to  imitate  the  first  working 
sovereign.  The  freedom  to  labor,  to  enjoy  "the  free  content 
of  the  fruits  and  crops  of  this  outward  Earth,  upon  which 
their  bodies  stand:  this  was  called  The  mans  innocency,  or 
pleasure  in  the  Garden  before  the  fall."  Work  is  not  the 
result  of  the  curse  but  a  recovery  of  innocence  and  delight. 
In  digging  and  delving,  the  Diggers  asked  only  to  "quietly 
improve  the. ..Common  Land. ..thereby  our  own  Land  will  be 
increased  with  all  sorts  of  Commodities."  The  restoration  of 
paradisal  communism  would  generate  commodities  for  the 
comfort  of  human  life;  as  Bacon's  research  framework 
posited,  the  project  of  Edenic  restoration  coincided  with  a 
process  of  continual  improvement. ^ 

Both  the  scientific  and  political  revolutions  of  seventeenth- 
century  England  thus  depended  on  a  collective  identification 
with  the  first  intellectual  and  physical  laborer.  The  Diggers' 
recovery  of  the  original  state  of  nature,  like  the  experimen- 
talists' recovery  of  Adam's  understanding  of  and  control 
over  the  natural  world,  demanded  the  investment  of  human 
energy  in  a  necessarily  imperfect  and  accretional  activity 
whose  ultimate  goal  no  individual  participant  would  survive 
to  reach.  Addressing  a  reader  who  is  experiencing  "confu- 
sions that  are  in  the  world,  or  in  your  owne  heart,  concern- 
ing the  first  Adam,"  the  prophet  Henry  Pinnell  declared. 

These  may  goe  to  the  plow-man  for  their  answer 
and  satisfaction:  He  will  tell  them  that  by  the  con- 
tinuall  motion  of  his  Cart  and  Plow  wheeles,  he 
hath  his  business  done,  whereas  if  they  stood 
still,    he   could    have    no    seed    sowne,    no    crop 


reaped,  nor  any  profit  at  all  made  of  his  land;  yet 
in  the  revolution  of  the  wheel,  no  spoke  therein  is 
alwayes  fixed  either  upward  or  downward. ..the 
spirit  of  life  within  keeps  this  wheel  in  motion: 
God  will  have  his  people  make  a  progresse;  He 
will  carry  them  from  dispensation  to  dispensation; 
from  strength  to  strength,  and  never  let  them 
stand  still  (in  any  forme)  till  they  appeare  in  the 
perfection  and  beauty  of  the  Spirit. i° 

In  this  tendentiously  workmanlike  image,  the  plowman  get- 
ting "his  business  done"  does  the  work  of  paradise  and 
stands  as  an  exemplum  for  a  whole  nation.  The  "spirit  of 
life"  is  captured  in  the  movement  of  his  cart  and  plow;  by 
perpetually  returning  to  their  starting  point  the  wheels  move 
the  vehicle,  and  his  labor,  forward.  Revolution  originally 
meant  a  turning  back  to  the  first  point.  The  term  first  used 
to  articulate  fidelity  to  origins  had  become  the  vocabulary  of 
progress. 1 ' 

A  fifteenth-century  manuscript  illumination  examined  by 
Stephen  Greenblatt  in  Hamlet  in  Purgatory  suggests  a  wider 
context  for  understanding  the  identification  of  Adam's  labor 
power  with  the  force  of  progress. ^ 2  |^  depicts  a  lone  peas- 
ant raising  a  hoe  above  his  head;  he  is  either  working  the 
field  or  digging  a  grave.  In  either  case,  he  is  an  Adamic 
"delver."  Although  the  ground  he  is  tilling  seems  solid  to 
him,  our  cross-section  view  reveals  it  to  be  paper-thin.  Just 
beneath  the  earth's  surface  is  a  cavern  containing  two 
chambers,  hell  and  purgatory,  into  which  the  unsuspecting 
delver  is  clearly  digging  his  way.  An  unsentimental  sense  of 
the  trajectory  of  fallen  life  is  here  contracted  into  an  effi- 
cient little  emblem:  a  life  of  incessant  work  abruptly  con- 
cluding in  either  damnation  or  redemption.  Hell  and 
Purgatory  appear  to  be  almost  identical;  both  are  filled  with 
naked  people  undergoing  torments  in  flames,  but  the  pur- 
gatorial flames  are  graced  by  the  presence  of  an  angel  while 
the  torments  of  hell  are  presided  over  by  a  demon.  When 
we  look  more  closely,  we  find  that  the  angel's  gesture  reca- 
pitulates the  upwards  slant  of  Adam's  hoe;  both  contrast 
with  the  devil's  downward  gesture.  The  link  is  so  unmis- 
takable that  it  seems  like  a  riff  on  the  motif  of  the  angel 
handing  Adam  his  working  tools.  A  visual  link  is  thus  estab- 
lished between  purgation  and  labor,  between  the  trial  by  fire 
and  the  trial  of  work. 

How  did  this  link  survive  the  dissolution  of  purgatory?  An 
early  seventeenth-century  book  of  spiritual  exercises  pro- 
vides a  clue:  it  is  called  Adam's  Garden:  A  Meditation  of 


P  ICC  I  OTTO/    17 


Thankfulnesse  and  Praises  Unto  the  Lord,  for  the  Returne 
and  Restore  of  Adam  and  his  Posteritie:  Planted  as  Flowers 
in  a  Garden,  and  published  by  a  Gentle-man,  long  exercised, 
and  happilie  trained  in  the  schoole  of  God's  afflictions. 
Presenting  spiritual  meditation  and  exercise  as  a  method  of 
replanting  Adam's  garden,  it  elaborates  the  themes  of 
return  and  restoration  in  floral  code.  "This  exercise  I  call 
Adams  Garden,"  the  writer  explains;  he  asks  God  to  "heipe 
mee,  to  plant,  to  square,  and  frame  everie  quarter. ..to 
undergoe  my  calling,  to  digge  and  delve  still,  by  penaltie 
from  the  first  Adam."^^  This  figurative  delving  is  not  just  a 
penalty  for  sin  but  a  way  to  purge  oneself  of  it;  yet  the 
action  of  purgation  is  undertaken  in  a  space  very  like  the 
one  that  this  action  is  supposed  to  restore.  The  means  and 
end  of  return  have  again  become  blended  together.  Shot 
through  with  the  purgatorial  language  of  trial,  the  treatise 
weaves  into  its  horticultural  frame  the  conventional  motifs 
of  purgatory  as  both  a  fiery  chamber  and  a  school  to  pre- 
pare for  heaven.  This  Adamic  delver  thanks  God  for 
"instructing  and  nurturing  mee  in  thy  owne  most  holy 
schoole  of  discipline"  where  he  is  "shaken  with  the  rods  of 
thy  schoole  and  academy;"  he  is  grateful  to  be  made 
"sweete  and  acceptable,  by  the  often  scowring  and  purging 
of  that  inherent  corruption."'''  It  is  not  merely  that  labor  and 
purgation  are  associated:  labor  is  purgation,  and,  more 
strangely,  it  is  somehow  also  paradisal.  Purgatorial  burning 
was  also  woven  into  Winstanley's  paradisal  labors:  mem- 
bers of  the  Digger  collective  had  to  cleanse  themselves  of 
the  "corrupt  bloud"  which  was  responsible  for  vainglorious 
institutions  like  monarchy,  a  corruption  "that  runs  in  every 
man,  and  womans  vaines,  more  or  lesse,  till  reason  the  spir- 
it of  burning  cast  him  out;"  the  burning  and  casting  out  of 
pride,  the  root  of  all  sin,  was  accomplished  through  the 
exercise  of  reason  and  through  the  exertion  of  labor,  the 
innocent  tilling  of  the  earth. '5 

The  disappearance  of  purgatory  made  it  essential  to  experi- 
ence purgatory  while  still  on  earth:  William  Gibson's 
Election  and  Reprobation  Scripturally  and  Experimentally 
Witnessed  unto  London  warns  the  reader  against  those  who 
"preach  up  IMPERFECTION  and  SIN  for  Term  of  Life," 
stressing  that  justification  through  faith  does  not  mean  that 
those  who  receive  grace  can't  lose  it;  through  "Sloth, 
Neglicence,  and  Unwatchfulness,"  people  can  and  do  so  all 
the  time.  It  is  by  undertaking  a  life-long  labor  that  we  can 
become  — and  keep  becoming  — "new  creatures."  "We  will 
have  no  other  opportunity  to  do  so:  neither  is  there  any 


Purgatory  (as  some  do  falsly  preach)  to  purge  people  from 
their  sins  after  they  are  dead  and  put  in  their  Graves;"  the 
time  to  enter  "the  Heavenly  Spiritual  School"  is  now.'^  The 
dissolution  of  purgatory  deprived  sacred  geography  of  a 
sense  of  progress.  As  Jacques  le  Goff  and  Greenblatt  argue, 
heaven  and  hell  resist  the  rule  of  narrative,  but  purgatory  is 
a  space  of  and  for  narrative.  Fermenting,  incomplete, 
processual,  it  existed  to  enable  the  story  of  the  soul's 
progress.'^  Eden  took  on  the  newly  evacuated  functions  of 
this  space:  having  once  simply  marked  a  site  of  origin,  Eden 
now  began  to  mark  a  moveable  terminus  of  human  poten- 
tial. Extravagantly  dilated  descriptions  of  life  in  Eden 
attempted  an  imaginative  recovery  of  innocent  life,  filling 
this  once  brief  and  thin  existence  with  an  ontological  full- 
ness and  a  degree  of  dynamic  activity  it  had  never  had 
before.  It  was  through  such  descriptions  that  the  concept 
of  innocence  itself  came  to  accommodate  process:  came  to 
demand,  in  fact,  the  ongoing  efforts  of  the  fallen.  The 
unleashing  of  purgatorial  process  from  its  postmortem 
chamber  resulted  in  the  creation  of  a  purgatorial  world,  from 
which  the  regenerate  could  work  to  extract  the  materials  for 
a  paradise  of  their  own  making. 

The  banishment  of  purgatory  was  thus  paradoxically  an 
expansion  of  its  functions.  Greenblatt  notes  that  in  Paradise 
Lost,  Milton  does  not  feel  compelled  to  go  out  of  his  way 
to  refute  the  doctrine  of  purgatory:  in  Milton's  epic,  and  the 
culture  it  reflects,  there  is  "no  purgatorial  space  at  all;"  per- 
haps another  way  to  put  this  idea  is  that,  in  this  culture, 
there  is  no  escaping  purgatory.  One  searches  vainly  in 
Milton's  cosmos  for  a  static  place  of  rest  resembling 
Dante's  Heaven;  even  Milton's  angels  engage  in  continuous 
labor  to  converge  more  closely  towards  God.  Salkeld  made 
paradise  itself  into  a  sort  of  purgatory  when  he  suggested 
that  it  was  "not  likely  that  man  should  have  beene  confined 
there  onely,  until  the  time  of  his  translation  into  a  more 
happy  estate,  which  should  have  bin  after  his  sufficient  tri- 
all  in  the  terrene  of  Paradise. "'^  Redescribing  Eden  as  a 
place  of  trial  to  prepare  Adam  and  Eve  for  heaven  identified 
the  state  of  innocence  with  the  dynamic  state  of  regenerate 
life  in  general.  In  the  Edenic  laboratory,  the  purgatorial 
nature  of  the  trials  conducted  there,  and  in  the  newly  dig- 
nified labors  of  the  mind  and  body  on  the  fallen  world,  the 
means  and  ends  of  paradisal  return  became  entangled,  and 
the  very  project  of  recovering  Eden,  or  becoming  Adam, 
became  itself  "paradisal"  — and  purgatorial.  Paradise  had 
begun  its  journey  into  future  time. 


18  /PICCIOTTO 


Notes 

1  Francis  Bacon,  Of  the  Advancement  and  Proficience  of  Learning,  or  the 
Partitions  of  Sciences,  interpreted  by  Gilbert  Watts  (Oxford,  1640),  1. 

2  Thomas  Sprat,  The  History  of  the  Royal  Society  of  London  for  the  Improving 
of  Natural  Knowledge  (London,  1667),  349-50. 

3  Robert  Hooke,  Micrographia,  or  some  Physiological  Descriptions  of  Minute 
Bodies  Made  by  Magnifying  Glasses  (London,  1667),  154. 

4  Joeph  GlanvitI,  The  Vanity  of  Dogmatizing,  or  Confidence  in  Opinions, 
Manifested  in  a  Discourse  of  the  Shortness  and  Uncertainty  of  our  Knov/ledge. 
and  its  Causes,  with  some  Reflexions  on  Peripatecism  and  an  Apology  for 
Philosophy  [London.  1661).  5. 

5  An  Essay  upon  Idleness,  or.  Chusing  to  Live  without  Business  (London, 
1707),  3;  Walter  Charleton,  Physiologia  Epicuro-Gassendo-Charltoniana:  Or  a 
Fabrick  of  Science  Natural  Upon  the  Hypothesis  of  Atoms  (London,  1654),  6, 
2;  John  Milton,  Paradise  Lost,  second  edition,  edited  by  Alastair  Fowler  (New 
York:  Longman,   1998).  IX. 779. 

6  John  Salkeld,  A  Treatise  of  Paradise  and  the  Principall  Contents  thereof 
(London,  1617),  143-6, 

7  Diane  McCoHey.  A  Gust  for  Paradise:  Milton's  Eden  and  the  Visual  Arts 
(Urbana:  University  of  Illinois,  1992).  28,  156;  Jean  Delumeau.  A  History  of 
Paradise:  The  Garden  of  Eden  in  Myth  and  Tradition,  translated  by  Matthew 
O'Connell  (New  York:  Continuum,  1995),  chapter  6. 

8  Steven  Justice,  Writing  and  Rebellion:  England  in  1381  (Berkeley:  University 
of  California),  108-1 1 ;  Rodney  Hilton,  Bond  Men  Made  Free:  Medieval  Peasant 
Movements  and  the  English  Rising  of  1381  (New  York.  1973).  211. 

9  A  Declaration  to  all  the  Powers  of  England,  and  to  all  the  Powers  of  the  World, 
shewing  the  cause  why  the  common  people  of  England  have  begun,  and  gives 


consent  to  digge  up.  manure,  and  sowe  corn  upon  George-Hill  in  Surry;  by  those 
that  have  subscribed,  and  thousands  more  that  gives  consent  in  The  True 
Leveller's  Standard  Advanced  (1  649);  Gerrard  Winstanley.  A  New  Yeers  Gift  for 
the  Parliament  and  Armie  (London,  1650).  3.  5,  26,  28. 

10  Henry  Pinnell,  A  Word  of  Prophesy,  concerning  the  Parliament,  generall.  and 
the  Army  (Cornhill  1648).  A6v,  A6. 

1 1  Christopher  Hill,  The  Intellectual  Origins  of  the  English  Revolution  Revisited 
(Oxford:  Clarendon  Press,  1997),  286;  Keith  Thomas,  Religion  and  the  Decline 
of  Magic  (New  York:  Scribner,  1971).  430. 

12  Stephen  Greenblatt,  Hamlet  in  Purgatory  (Princeton:  Princeton  University 
Press.  2001).  51. 

1  3  Perhaps  by  Thomas  Saville,  (London,  1611),  A3v,   1 . 

14  Ibid,, 14,  21-3. 

15  England's  Spirit  Unfolded  (London.  1650).  reprinted  in  The  Intellectual 
Revolution  of  the  Seventeenth  Century,  edited  by  Charles  Webster  (London: 
Routledge,  19741,  121. 

16  William  Gibson.  Election  and  Reprobation  Scnpturally  and  Experimentally 
Witnessed  unto  London  {London.   1678),  107-109. 

17  Jacques  Le  Goff,  The  Birth  of  Purgatory,  translated  by  Arthur  Goldhammer, 
(Chicago,  University  of  Chicago.   1984). 

18  Salkeld,  33. 


Illustration 

Fig.  1;  Initial  D-  Peasant  (Adam)  digging  above  scenes  of  Purgatory  and  Hell. 
Hugo  Ripelin  von  StraRburg,  Compendium  Theologicae  Veritati's,  Book  3,  Fol. 
64va.  Wurzburg  Universitatis  Bibliothek,  Cod.  M.  ch.  F,  690. 


PICCIOTTO/      19 


AN     INTERVIEW    WITH    DANIEL    BERTRAND    MONK 
CONDUCTED    BY    MICHAEL    OSMAN, 
ZEYNEP    gELIK,     AND    LUCIA    ALLAIS 


In  his  recent  book.  An  Aesthetic  Occupation:  The  Immediacy  of 
Architecture  and  the  Palestine  Conflict  {Durham:  Duke  University 
Press,  20021,  Daniel  Monk  analyzes  the  history  of  the  use  of  archi- 
tecture as  a  rhetorical  device  by  the  "political  actors"  of  the 
Palestine/Israel  conflict  to  construct  political  "immediacy.  "  In  other 
words.  Monk  explores  how  monuments  have  been  used  as  pivots  in 
a  narrative  to  form  an  understandable,  yet  invisible,  line  of  cause  and 
effect.  Monk  is  the  first  historian  to  break  the  conflict  into  the  con- 
stituent parts  which  have  come  to  represent  it.  He  shows  that  as  the 
participants  and  observers  of  the  conflict  make  use  of  these  seem- 
ingly concrete  objects  for  justification  or  make  use  of  them  for  clar- 
ification, the  conflict  becomes— paradoxically— more  abstract.  The 
very  nature  of  a  conflict  over  territory,  political  autonomy,  and 
national  borders  in  what  is  called  the  "Holy  Land"  lends  itself  to  the 
denial  of  liability  and  to  the  perpetuation  of  the  conflict  itself.  As 
such,  this  book  is  the  narrative  of  a  prehistory  taken  for  granted  in 
most  other  histories  of  contested  sites.  In  this  interview  with  Daniel 
Monk  on  November  17,  2002,  he  discussed  how,  throughout  the 
history  of  the  conflict,  religion  has,  under  various  pretexts,  helped  to 
render  claims  for  territory  and  monuments  irrefutable. 

Could  you  set  your  book  in  a  critical,  personal,  and  histori- 
ographical  context  for  us? 

It  would  be  fair  to  say  that  An  Aestfietic  Occupation  is  real- 
ly a  repudiation  of  my  own  earlier  efforts  to  explain  the  rela- 
tion between  monuments  and  mass  violence  in  the  context 
of  the  Middle  East  conflict.  In  the  first  instance,  this  book 
is  a  history  of  the  normative  understanding  of  the  relation 
between  architecture  and  politics,  and  as  such,  of  my  own 
prior  beliefs.  This  normative  explanation  is  one  of  immedia- 
cy, of  a  presumption  that  it  is  possible  to  point  to  architec- 
ture and  to  see  a  political  reality  at  work  in  it. ..directly  and 
without  mediation.  More  specifically,  throughout  the  mod- 
ern history  of  this  conflict,  political  actors  and  interpreters 
of  this  struggle  have  pointed  to  architecture  each  time  they 
felt  compelled  to  explain  the  cause  of  a  mass  violence  they 


privilege  as  historically  transformative.  Here,  architecture 
confirms  two  reciprocal  theories  of  historical  change,  two 
seemingly  opposed  accounts  that  are.  In  reality,  only  one: 
shrines  and  holy  sites  either  confirm  an  incited  violence,  or 
conversely,  they  ratify  an  organic,  spontaneous,  violence  — 
i.e.,  a  violence  triggered  by  the  disruption  of  a  transitive 
relation  between  people  and  shrines. 

What  I  have  tried  to  do,  then,  is  to  write  a  history  of  these 
reciprocal  positions  with  the  purpose  of  estranging  them 
and,  more  importantly,  with  the  hope  of  showing  how  the 
unitary  vision  of  history  that  gives  rise  to  them  is  untenable. 
Which  is  not  to  suggest  that  I  think  that  monuments  have 
no  relation  to  politics;  rather,  I  am  concerned  with  the  poli- 
tics disclosed  by  a  struggle's  repeated  efforts  to  assert  a 
relation  of  immediacy  between  architecture  and  history, 
since  there  what  one  stumbles  over  is  this  conflict's  nor- 
malized incapacity  to  account  for  itself.  To  take  matters 
even  further:  if  I  suggest  that  this  normalized  incapacity  of 
a  conflict  to  account  for  itself  could  be  described  as  a  "col- 
lusive communicative  framework"  — that  is,  a  tacit  consen- 
sus at  the  heart  of  a  struggle  — it  is  in  order  to  ask  what 
might  be  disclosed  about  history  itself  in  a  context  where 
the  dramaturgical  organization  of  political  experience  intro- 
duces itself  as  an  absolute,  as  a  structural  abstraction. 

Would  it  be  possible  for  us,  then,  to  define  architectural 
modernism  in  general  as  a  belief  in  immediacy? 

Maybe.  In  the  sense  that  after  Hegel  unpacks  the  Pandora's 
box  — that  is,  advances  methodically  through  the  universali- 
ty of  mediation  — a  huge  effort  to  re-identify  the  concrete 
with  the  immediate  would  be  expended  in  subsequent 
philosophies  and  architectural  theories.  I  am  talking  about 
the  demand  for  a  return  to  quasi-"phrenological"  thinking. 


20    -HONK 


but  In  ways  that  are  cognizant  of  the  fact  that  this  demand 
has  Itself  been  subjected  to  philosophical  reflection  on  Its 
historical  status,  that  Is,  to  critique.  This  Is  why  I  believe 
there  is  a  significant  quotient  of  voodoo  in  modernist  archi- 
tecture and  architectural  thought:  a  mysticism  that  cannot 
be  explained  away  — as  some  have  done  — by  recourse  to 
arguments  for  a  lag  between  technological  advances  and 
social  organization,  or  worse,  to  the  fiction  of  a  tectonic 
rationality  emerging  out  of  a  romanticism  eventually  shed, 
like  the  hangovers  of  another  era. 

But  let  me  contrast  European  High  Modernism  with 
Palestine,  since  this  pairing  is  actually  instructive  vis-a-vis 
the  triumph  of  modernism.  If  one  looks  to  the  example  of 
the  Neue  Sachlichkeit,  for  example.  It  Is  evident  that  In 
Weimar  Germany  the  public  as  a  whole  was  relatively 
unaware  of,  felt  indifferent  to,  or  was  downright  suspicious 
of  Intellectuals'  claims  concerning  art  and  architecture's 
immediacy  to  politics.  (Walter  Benjamin  famously  described 
the  Neue  Sachlichkeit  as  a  bluff,  suggesting  that  Its  claims 
to  immediacy  were  much  like  the  Baron  Munchausen's 
assertion  that  he  pulled  himself  out  of  the  bog  by  his  own 
hair).  In  this  sense,  high  modernism  is  wimpy  If  judged  by 
the  criterion  of  Its  demand  for  a  "phrenological"  formal  pol- 
itics In  the  context  of  universal  mediation. 

By  contrast,  what  Is  so  striking  about  the  Interpretation  of 
architecture  In  the  political  history  of  Israel/Palestine  Is  that 
participants  In  and  observers  of  this  struggle  assumed  the 
monument's  adequacy  to  history  to  be  self-evident.  Though 
cognizant  of  the  problems  of  representation,  Ideology,  medi- 
ation...they  nevertheless  advance  arguments  concerning 
the  nature  of  architecture's  adequacy  to  politics.  In  their 
modernism,  the  proximate  relation  of  architecture  to  actual- 
ity is  so  complete  that  it  explains  history,  requiring  no  his- 
torical explanation.  (There  are  really  good  historical  reasons 
for  this,  as  I  try  to  show  In  the  book.  I  discuss  political 
actors  whose  intellectual  projects  necessarily  began  with 
the  demystlflcatlon  of  religious  Invocations  of  the  "con- 
crete" in  order  to  advance  secular,  political  demands  for 
architecture's  identification  with  the  history  for  which  It 
nominally  stands).  Pointing  beyond  the  arguments  for  mod- 
ernism In  the  Weimar  claims  for  the  concrete  — which 
emerged  In  the  political  opponents  "mutually-assessed 
mutual  assessment"  — ratifies  an  abstract  actuality  all  the 
more  successfully.  The  Interpretation  of  a  conflict  became 
a  constitutive  factor  in  its  perpetuation. 


What  about  the  Cold  War?  Do  you  see  that  as  an  analogous 
situation? 

Absolutely.  But  the  "strategic  Interaction"  of  Cold  War  pol- 
itics elucidates  the  points  about  modernism  I've  just  raised. 
In  the  case  of  the  Cold  War,  two  actors  in  opposition  — and 
their  surrogates  — arrived  at  a  common  thematlzatlon  of  real- 
ity. This  has  been  written  about  by  deterrence  theorists  and 
political  scientists  like  Robert  Jervis  In  his  famous  The  Logic 
of  Images  in  International  Relations,  or  Thomas  Schelling  in 
his  Strategy  of  Conflict,  or  Waltz  In  his  Man,  the  State  and 
War.  Viewed  through  the  lens  of  Goffman's  Strategic 
Interaction  — anoxhet  classic  of  the  era  — one  could  say  that 
despite  their  important  disagreements,  these  students  of 
politics  (and  I  think  they're  really  theorists  of  gestures) 
advance  a  view  in  which  states  are  performative  entities 
and  subjects  are  strategic  beings  — strategic  subjects/perfor- 
mative states.  But  as  unlikely  as  it  may  seem  given  the 
commonly-held  view  that  there  is  a  direct  correlation 
between  modernism  and  development,  this  kind  of  strategic 
Interaction  was  already  old-hat  in  the  1960s  In  Israel  and 
Palestine.  In  very  specific  ways,  by  1967  It  had  been  taken 
to  two  levels  of  abstraction  higher  than  the  classic  gestural 
brinksmanship  that  one  witnesses  In  U.S. /Soviet  relations. 
Let  me  add  that  I'm  not  unaware  of  the  fact  that  the  stakes 
were  obviously  much  higher  In  the  Cuban  missile  crisis,  for 
example,  than  In  the  build  up  to  the  war  of  June  1967  In 
the  Middle  East.  But  viewed  in  light  of  the  categories  of 
political  comportment  advanced  by  the  deterrence  theory  of 
Its  own  time,  what  had  been  taking  place  in  the  Middle  East 
during  its  modern  history  far  exceeded  the  "logic"  to  which 
these  thinkers  tried  to  assign  a  name. 

This  advanced  strategic  comportment  fascinates  me,  and  I 
guess  this  is  why  I  find  the  question  about  the  Cold  War  so 
compelling;  the  relation  is  itself  the  focus  of  one  of  my  cur- 
rent research  projects,  which  I  think  of  as  the  continuation 
of  An  Aesthetic  Occupation.  This  book  Is  tentatively  enti- 
tled The  Politics  of  Retrospection:  Framing  Middle  East 
History  in  the  Aftermath  of  the  June  1967  Arab-Israeli  War. 
It  looks  at  the  Immediate  aftereffects  of  the  hostilities  of 
1967  and  especially  at  the  way  political  actors  sought  to 
identify  the  causes  of  their  new  historical  situation  during  a 
period  that  would  eventually  come  to  be  known  as  the  "era 
of  euphoria"  In  Israel,  and  the  "great  setback"  In  the  Arab 
world.  This  Investigation  builds  on  the  methods  of  An 
Aesthetic  Occupation  by  chronicling  how  parties  to  this 
conflict  made  sense  of  their  opponents'  attempts  to  make 
sense  of  the  causes  of  war.  However,  while  the  first  volume 
records  the  way  political  actors  tried   (without  much  suc- 


MONK,'    21 


cess)  to  postulate  the  political  instrumentality  of  symbols 
and  images  in  explanations  of  violence,  this  work  examines 
a  subsequent  generation's  efforts  to  locate  the  causes  of 
war  in  the  se//-image  of  the  peoples  involved.  (And  more 
specifically,  in  the  self-image  of  political  actors  betrayed  in 
their  own  assessments  of  their  opponent's  self-image).  If 
this  sounds  abstract,  it  is  because  those  involved  in  explain- 
ing a  new  political  reality  actually  advanced  an  abstract  pol- 
itics: from  Sadiq  al-'Azm's  Self-Criticism  After  the  Defeat, 
to  assessments  of  these  assessments  such  as  Yehoshafat 
Harkabi's  Arab  Lessons  From  Their  Defeat,  to  immanent  cri- 
tiques of  the  Israeli  meta-critical  position  (like  the  young 
Edward  Said's  "The  Arab  Portrayed"),  arguments  implicat- 
ing the  self-image  of  one's  opponent  in  the  instigation  of 
violence  advanced  a  new  consensus  concerning  the  nature 
of  historical  change. 

How  does  the  idea  of  allegory  come  into  play  In  your  book? 

I  guess  the  short  answer  might  be  this;  in  the  ways  in  which 
the  political  actors  themselves  debate,  theorize,  and 
advance  arguments  for  the  role  of  architecture  in  their  own 
political  reality,  they  reveal  a  constitutive  relation  between 
allegory  and  history.  But  this  is  a  remarkably  complex  rela- 
tion. Here,  allegory  is  not  merely  taken  to  mean  the  con- 
catenation of  conventional  symbols  — the  "extended  sym- 
bol" that  would  explain,  for  example,  what  is  signified  by 
the  features  of  the  statue  of  Jose  de  San  Martin's  statue  at 
the  entrance  to  Central  Park:  a  sword  up  or  a  sword  down, 
a  horse  rearing  or  with  its  head  bent  down,  the  hero  touch- 
ing his  cap,  and  looking  to  the  east  or  west,  etc.  Rather, 
what  I'm  exploring  in  An  Aesthetic  Occupation  is  a  relation 
to  allegory  far  less  estranged  from  collective  experience 
than  the  one  I've  just  described;  the  way  in  which  the  polit- 
ical actors  whose  adventures  I  tell  understand  and  advance 
their  own  understanding  of  their  own  historical  circum- 
stances discloses  itself  as  having  a  concrete  relationship  to 
time  that  is  the  same  as  the  one  we  have  come  to  describe 
in  allegory.  In  a  tradition  of  thinking  originating  in  Georg 
Lukacs  and  elaborated  in  Walter  Benjamin's  philosophy  of 
history  that  sees  allegory  first,  as  a  charnell-house  of  long- 
rotted  inferiorities,  and  then,  as  the  via  negativa  to  revolu- 
tionary experience,  it  is  a  cipher  language  of  history.  ("From 
the  standpoint  of  death,  the  product  of  the  corpse  is  life," 
Benjamin  instructs  the  reader  of  his  Trauerspiel  study). 

In  the  conclusion  of  your  book  you  make  a  strong  claim 
about  ethics.  Could  you  expand  upon  It? 

First,  let  me  say  that  the  conclusion  of  An  Aesthetic 
Occupation  is  a  work  of  self-criticism.  (I  should  add  that  this 


is  a  critique  that  is  much  harsher  than  any  of  the  reviews  of 
this  book  I've  read  to  date).  But  I  am  not  in  any  sense  offer- 
ing this  gesture  of  self-criticism  as  a  pragmatic  model  for  an 
ethics.  This  is  not  a  book  that  suggests  that  the  identifica- 
tion of  a  problem  is  a  step  in  its  resolution.  Instead,  like  oth- 
ers before  me,  I'm  suggesting  that  critique  is  its  own  end. 
And  critique  of  a  particular  kind:  a  critique  that  is  inherent- 
ly negative  in  its  orientation,  in  the  sense  that  it  displays 
"intransigence  towards  all  reification"  — as  Adorno  once 
described  the  task  of  his  own  negative  dialectics.  Such 
intransigence  does  not  only  extend  to  assertions  that  histo- 
ry fulfills  itself  in  stone,  but  also  to  claims  concerning  the 
successful  and  complete  demystification  of  such  assertions. 
The  ethical  imperative  I  raise  lies  precisely  in  An  Aesthetic 
Occupation's  own  unfinished  business.  If  in  this  work  I  sug- 
gest that  the  claim  of  architecture's  political  immediacy  sig- 
nals the  violent  success  of  an  impossible  understanding  of 
history-as-reconciled-existence,  then  far  more  important 
would  be  to  show  that  the  possibility  of,  and  the  legitimate 
demand  for,  a  reconciled  existence  survives  in  our  failure  to 
articulate  the  impossibility  of  reconciliation  in  this  one. 

Could  you  speak  a  little  about  the  structure  of  your  book? 
Why  do  you  move  from  "stone,"  to  "tile,"  to  "paper,"  and 
to  "celluloid?"  Are  you  suggesting  "the  march  of  the  world 
spirit?" 

Well,  I  am  suggesting  a  kind  of  progression,  but  I  am  not  in 
any  sense  suggesting  that  it  coincides  with  the  "march  of 
the  world  spirit."  If  I  trace  how  modes  of  historical  self- 
presentation  advanced  towards  greater  complexity  of 
abstraction,  it  is  not  with  the  aim  of  implying  a  drive 
towards  ever  greater  universality.  This  is  the  case  in  the 
Phenomenology,  which  culminates  with  Spirit's  self-cog- 
nizance as  Absolute  Knowing,  or  in  subsequent  materialist 
versions  that  posited  the  completion  of  thought  in  the  pro- 
letariat's self-cognizance  as  the  subject/object  of  History. 
The  dynamic  I  present  corresponds  with  something  closer 
to  an  effort  to  "keep  up  appearances"  in  the  face  of  repeat- 
ed challenges  to  those  whose  political  task  is  to  "keep  up 
appearances". ..i.e.,  to  articulate  the  relation  between 
"facts"  on  the  ground  and  facts  "on  the  ground."  In  histor- 
ical terms,  "stone,"  "tile,"  "paper,"  and  so  on  are  just  short- 
hand terms  for  that  process. 

The  book  begins  with  a  history  of  the  argument  that  holy 
sites  are  instantiations  of  revelation.  The  portion  called 
"stone"  documents  how  this  position  was  eclipsed  by 
another  that  emerged  precisely  in  expressions  of  skepticism 
concerning  the  first.  In  the  critique  of  the  adequacy  of  mon- 


22    .'MONK 


uments  to  history  advanced  in  religious  devotion,  a  belief  in 
the  adequacy  of  architecture  to  history  was  sustained  all 
along. ..in  the  assertion  that  in  their  "untruth"  as  authentic 
holy  sites  they  are  true  instantiations  of  secular  realpolitik. 
There  are  corresponding  claims  in  "Tile"  — that  the  true  state 
of  affairs  could  be  discerned  by  the  way  one's  opponents 
used  architecture— that  is,  treated  it  as  the  covering  image 
for  their  own  political  imperatives.  So,  we  pass  from  a  mag- 
ical theory  of  adequation  to  an  operative  one.  After  the  riots 
that  took  place  in  Palestine  in  1929,  this  tenuous,  but  nor- 
mative understanding  of  the  relation  of  architecture  to  poli- 
tics also  collapsed.  Now,  parties  to  this  conflict  would 
argue  that  history  presents  itself  directly  in  the  untruth  of 
one's  opponents'  claims  for  the  uses  of  monuments.  This  is 
why,  in  the  section  entitled  "Paper,"  I  present  the  history  of 
the  arguments  advanced  by  representatives  for  the  Zionist 
and  Palestinian  leadership  before  a  Parliamentary  commis- 
sion of  inquiry  on  the  causes  of  the  violence  of  1929.  By 
this  point,  parties  to  this  conflict  resort  to  a  remarkable 
argument:  "history  inheres  in  the  way  that  that  guy  says  I 
use  monuments."  They  point  to  actual  pictures  of  shrines  in 
order  to  make  this  case.  If  I  suggest  that  this  is  a  movement 
towards  abstraction,  it  is  because  I  think  it  is  incumbent 
upon  us  to  ask:  what  is  the  character  of  a  history  in  which 
political  leaders,  arguing  for  the  very  possibility  of  their  con- 
stituents' existence  in  a  country,  find  themselves  obligated 
to  theorize  about  what  pictures  mean?  How  do  they  find 
themselves  resorting  to  a  kind  of  art  criticism?  While  many 
political  histories  have  normalized  this  question  into  oblivion 
by  treating  the  images  as  "propaganda"  — that  is,  as  merely 
contingent  upon  a  political  imperative  taking  place  less 
abstractly  elsewhere  — I  focus  instead  on  the  fact  that 
nobody  has  been  able  to  articulate  what  those  larger  politi- 
cal imperatives  are  without  resorting  to  these  precise  claims 
for  the  immediacy  of  architecture  to  history  — this  time,  as 
something  utterly  contingent  upon  a  politics  it  is  supposed 
to  name. 

What  can  you  tell  us  about  your  current  work?  How  does  it 
relate  to  the  themes  found  in  this  book? 

An  Aesthetic  Occupation  connects  with  a  crucial  moment  in 
the  history  of  the  gesture.  I  wasn't  completely  aware  of  this 
as  I  was  writing  it.  In  another  of  the  projects  I'm  currently 
developing,  I  am  trying  to  present  the  history  of  the  gesture 
in  a  novel  way  informed  by  what  I've  learned  so  far:  that  is, 
tracing  the  history  of  the  gesture  by  examining  the  episte- 
mological  frameworks  in  which  it  presented  itself  as  an 
urgent  problem.  I  start  with  Winkelmann  and  Lessing  who 
were  asking  themselves  whether  some  poor  sculpture  was 


suffering  its  pain  in  calm  repose  or  not,  since  for  them  the 
possibility  of  a  modern  theory  of  expression  would  be  con- 
tingent upon  the  answer.  Following  romantic  theories  of 
sentimentality  to  the  origins  of  modern  psychology,  I  con- 
nect these  (by  virtue  of  their  subsequent  rejection  of  psy- 
chological "parallelism")  to  the  sociology  of  Herbert  Mead 
and  his  notion  of  "symbolic  interaction."  It  is  a  short  step 
from  here  to  the  modern  politics  of  the  Cold  War  and  to  the 
issues  we  discussed  a  little  while  ago,  by  which  political 
actors  expended  huge  intellectual  efforts  to  arrive  at  a  reli- 
able understanding  of  gesture.  Combining  Mead's  notion  of 
a  "conversation  of  gestures"  with  Charles  Sanders  Peirce's 
pragmaticist  understanding  of  language,  political  scientists 
would  attempt  to  find  a  way  to  arrive  at  a  "taxonomy" 
capable  of  distinguishing  between  "phony"  and  "real"  ges- 
tures (they  called  the  former  signals  and  the  latter  indexes). 
The  critique  of  this  kind  of  "taxonomy"  was  advanced  by 
Erving  Goffman,  who,  in  treating  the  dramaturgy  of  such 
gestures  ,  rejected  the  implicit  claims  of  symbolic  interac- 
tions concerning  the  "uses"  of  images  in  political  experi- 
ence. He  suggested  instead  that  the  belief  in  uses  was  itself 
a  gesture  of  agency.  In  An  Aesthetic  Occupation,  I  did  not 
know  that  I  was  looking  at  a  part  of  this  history,  but  I'm 
quite  eager  to  pursue  it. 

So  what  relationships  have  you  been  finding  between  aes- 
thetics and  politics  in  your  current  research? 

For  the  last  number  of  years,  I've  been  looking  at  the  aes- 
thetics implicit  in  practical  political  life,  particularly  the  the- 
ories of  figuration  presupposed  in  modern  politics.  When  I 
open  a  work  of  political  science,  I  often  discover  that  impor- 
tant and  credible  theories  of  politics  hold  presumptions  con- 
cerning representation  that  were  abandoned  at  the  end  of 
the  eighteenth  century  by  credible  students  of  aesthetics.  I 
don't  say  this  to  indict  them,  but  to  suggest  that  I've  been 
trying  to  understand  the  epistemological  horizons  of  politi- 
cal actors  and  their  interpreters.  At  the  same  time,  as  cir- 
cumstances have  led  me  to  delve  deeply  into  politics  and 
political  thought,  I  have  the  uncomfortable  sense  that  the 
humanities  have  all  too  often  relied  on  vulgar  reductions  of 
politics,  and  more  specifically,  on  conceptions  of  power  as 
an  undifferentiated  absolute.  I  am  increasingly  more  curious 
and  skeptical  about  this  tendency,  as  it  has  been  advanced 
in  recent  and  current  arguments  about  the  way  culture- 
visual,  material,  etc.— constitutes  a  nexus  of  power.  My 
concern  is  that  this  identification  of  politics-qua-power  may 
signal,  more  than  anything  else,  a  way  in  which  we  pay  trib- 
ute to  our  own  renunzciation  and  even  extract  a  certain  fris- 
son from  It. 


HONK/    23 


Re/Lt'-TfP 


?^|t'./^m..t/'^=^'' 


^^^^^^ 


V^ 


ii 


3^^^ 


^Estate  of  Robert  Smithson/Llcensed  by  VAGA,  New  York, 


2^    /JONES 


CAROLINE    JONES 
ININ6    THE    LODE 


The  tongue 

Did  burst 

Into  a  Bloody  Word.... 

From  a  ruptured 

Blood  vessel 

Comes  a  prayer 

—  Robert  Smithson,  "From  the  City,"  unpublished 
poem,  ca.  1960^ 

A  degraded  paradise  is  perhaps  worse  than  a 
degraded  hell.  America  abounds  in  banal  heavens, 
in  vapid  "happy-hunting  grounds,"  and  in  "natu- 
ral" hells  like  Death  Valley. ..or  The  Devil's 
Playground....  The  abysmal  problem  of  gardens 
somehow  involves  a  fall  from  somewhere  or 
something.  The  certainty  of  the  absolute  garden 
will  never  be  regained. 

—  Robert  Smithson,  footnote  to  "A  Sedimentation 
of  the  Mind:  Earth  Projects,"  1968  [RS  1131 

Sifting  through  Smithson,  one  navigates  stratigraphic  lay- 
ers. Not  the  least  of  which  are  the  data  files  accumulating 
over  the  years:  his  essays,  the  unpublished/now  published 
poetry,  the  reviews  of  other  artists'  works,  the  interviews. 
Then,  there  are  the  chunkier  layers:  the  collages,  the  crum- 
pled sheets  documenting  unrealized  projects,  the  slide- 
shows  in  their  battered  cardboard  mounts,  the  stashes  of 
Instamatic  prints,  the  brittle  photostats.  The  built  earth- 
works are  just  part  of  the  palimpsest:  crusting  up  again  out 
of  the  Great  Salt  Lake,  or  dropping  back  under  the  flow; 
looming  over  the  sand  quarry  at  Sonsbeek  or  plowed  under 
by  the  administrators  at  Kent  State.  Although  privileged  by 
art  history,  their  stratigraphy  is  just  part  of  the  story;  they 
are  crumbling,  gone,  or  stubbornly  resistant  to  the  miner's 
pick.  The  Smithson  lode,  like  breccia,  is  an  aggregate  of  the 
organic  and  the  inorganic,  compounded  materials  dragged 


from  different  times  and  places,  annealed  under  intense 
pressure.  But,  in  his  own  words, 

no  materials  are  solid,  they  all  contain  caverns  and 
fissures....  Words  and  rocks  contain  a  language 
that  follows  a  syntax  of  splits  and  ruptures.  Look 
at  any  word  long  enough  and  you  will  see  it  open 
up  into  a  series  of  faults,  into  a  terrain  of  particles 
each  containing  its  own  void. 2  |RS  107] 

The  fissures  are  crucial  to  our  project  of  finding  the  spiritu- 
al Smithson.  That  author-function  will  never  be  found 
"intact,"  but  always  in  the  interstices  of  the  aggregate, 
threaded  by  gnosis  and  larded  with  doubt. 

The  archaeological  and  geological  practices  engaging  the 
Smithson  reader/viewer  are  entirely  appropriate,  replicating 
the  activities  of  an  artist/theorist  for  whom  text  was  mate- 
rial to  be  heaped,  piled,  accumulated,  and  pushed  around. 
"Earthwords,"  Smithson  called  Edgar  Allan  Poe's  prescient 
evocation  of  earthworks  in  The  Narrative  of  Arthur  Gordon 
Pym  of  Nantucket,  1850: 

Nothing  worth  mentioning  occurred  during  the 
next  twenty-four  hours,  except  that,  in  examining 
the  ground  to  the  eastward  third  chasm,  we  found 
two  triangular  holes  of  great  depth,  and  also  with 
black  granite  sides. ^  IRS  1081 

Words  were  as  material  as  earth,  and  dirt  as  fluidly  con- 
structed as  discourse.  Regardless  of  what  they  signified  for 
Poe,  triangular  holes  were  one  of  the  options  for  artists 
Walter  De  Maria,  Michael  Heizer,  Robert  Morris,  and  others 
whose  work  Smithson  illustrated  and  discussed.  But 
Smithson  declined  this  ancient  iconic  form  and  the  cubic 


JONES/    25 


obsessions  of  Minimalism  (the  cube  a  vestige  of  late-mod- 
ernism). For  Smithson,  it  was  the  spiral,  the  labyrinth,  and 
the  vortex  that  figured  his  desire. 

...unlike  those  monuments  of  the  past  which 
evolved  out  of  the  matrix  of  beliefs  and  religions 
of  their  time,  the  Spiral  Jetty  came  into  existence 
as  the  individual  vision  of  a  single  artist.'* 

Such  market-driven  fantasies  of  authorial  integrity  are 
posthumous,  imposed  on  a  more  complex  author-function 
emerging  specifically  as  "Smithson"  from  the  permeation  of 
individual  intention  by  dispersed,  communal,  or  aggregative 
authorial  functions.  Larger  social  units  fueled  and  produced 
the  mature  work  we  nominate  as  "Smithsons:"  road  trips, 
filmmaking,  sample  collecting,  "jobbing  out,"  delegated 
photography,  and  even  virtuosic  bulldozer  crews  and  aerial 
surveys.  Smithson  was  a  culminating  author,  but  only  in  the 
Benjaminian  sense  of  an  author-as-producer,  in  this  case,  a 
productive  theorist  of  experience: 

In  June  1968,  my  wife  Nancy,  Virginia  Dwan, 
Dan  Graham,  and  I  visited  the  slate  quarries  in 
Bangor-Ben  Argyl,  Pennsylvania.  Banks  of  sus- 
pended slate  hung  over  a  greenish-blue  pond  at 
the  bottom  of  a  deep  quarry.  All  boundaries  and 
distinctions  lost  their  meaning  in  this  ocean  of 
slate  and  collapsed  all  notions  of  gestalt  unity. 
The  present  fell  forward  and  backward  into  a 
tumult  of  "de-differentiation,"  to  use  Anton 
Ehrenzweig's  word  for  entropy....  How  can  one 
contain  this  "oceanic"  site?...  The  container  is  in 
a  sense  a  fragment  itself,  something  that  could  be 
called  a  three-dimensional  map.  Without  appeal  to 
"gestalts"  or  "anti-form,"  it  actually  exists  as  a 
fragment  of  a  greater  fragmentation.  It  is  a  three- 
dimensional  perspective  that  has  broken  away 
from  the  whole,  while  containing  the  lack  of  its 
own  containment.  IRS  1 10-1  1 1 1 

Here,  Smithson's  spiral  moved  out,  away  from  the  ompha- 
los of  the  sacrosanct  studio,  away  from  the  city-system, 
and,  referentially,  away  from  the  gallery's  white  cube.  The 
Non-sites,  in  the  gallery,  and  their  dialectic  with  the  Site,  at 
an  absent,  industrially  disrupted  periphery,  held  the  art 
world  system  tenuously  in  place,  but  only  as  a  relay  for 
experience  and  concept,  part  of  the  "back-and-forth"  that 
interested  Smithson. 

The  site  is  a  place  where  a  piece  should  be  but 
isn't.  IRS  2501 


As  the  idea  for  the  Sprial  Jetty  look  form,  the  art  world  sys- 
tem became  a  discursive  construct:  "I'm  not  really  discon- 
tent. I'm  just  interested  in  exploring  the  apparatus  I'm  being 
threaded  through. "^  The  spiral  was  the  figure  for  that 
threading:  the  spiraling  of  celluloid  through  the  projector, 
the  spiraling  of  salt  crystals  in  their  molecular  lattice,  the 
oral  and  aural  "spiral  ear"  referenced  in  Brancusi's  sketch  of 
James  Joyce. 

In  my  argument,  the  spirals  began  sensationally  for 
Smithson  as  stigmata  — v\iormho\es  between  Enlightenment 
rationality  and  the  ancient  symbolism  of  blood  and  passion, 
violently  shuttling  the  Catholic  boy  from  his  New  Jersey 
pew  to  the  "Gothic"  sensibilities  of  a  million  backyards.  He 
drew  spirals  on  the  feet  of  Christ,  latticed  like  a  spider's 
web.  These  early  drawings,  exhibited  in  Smithson's  first 
one-man  show  in  Rome,  showed  the  spiral  tunneling 
inward,  downward,  into  the  body  of  the  Christ,  down  to  the 
bedrock  of  crucifixion,  uncertain  and  endlessly  incompre- 
hensible. 

Art  was  never  objectified  during  the  Ages  of 
Faith;  art  was  an  "act"  of  worship.  Icons  would 
never  be  "looked"  at  like  a  tourist  looks  at  an 
ob/et  d'a/T... Jackson  Pollock  and  other  American 
"action"  painters  have  restored  something  of  the 
ritual  life  of  art....  The  rituals  that  Pollock  discov- 
ered in  the  Hopi  religion  and  Navajo  sand-painting 
exist  also  in  the  outskirts  of  New  York  City. 
Penitential  fires  are  built  on  Halloween  in  the  dim 
regions  of  the  suburbs,  burning  inside  the  rotting 
Jack-0'Lantern  with  glowing  hollow  eyes,  nose, 
and  mouth. 6  [RS  321  and  3231 

As  he  did  for  so  many  other  American  artists,  Pollock 
seemed  to  show  the  way.  "A  chance  comparison  between 
Georges  Rouault  and  Pollock  indicates  'inner'  and  'outer' 
obsessions  between  the  European  and  the  American."  IRS 
321]  But  the  path  between  the  spiral  of  the  stigmata  and 
the  spiral  of  the  Jetty  was  itself  elliptical,  vortextual,  and 
full  of  self-fashioning  moves. ^  Smithson's  trip  to  Rome  for 
his  first  one-man  show  in  1961  was  more  determinative.  It 
turned  the  screw  of  a  developing  crystalline  structure  and 
initiated  the  tropism  toward  geometry  that  would  bracket 
the  oceanic  and  the  spiritual  (for  a  while): 

At  that  time  I  really  wasn't  interested  in  doing 
abstractions.  I  was  actually  interested  in  religion, 
you  know,  and  archetypal  things,  I  guess  inter- 
ested   in    Europe....    William    Burroughs'    Nal<ed 


26    /JONES 


^Estate  of  Robert  Smithson/Licensed  by  VAGA,  New  York,  NY 


JONES/    27 


Lunch,...  Mallarme  and  Gustave  Moreau  and  that 
kind  of  thing....  It  all  seemed  to  coincide  in  a  curi- 
ous kind  of  way.  IRS  282] 

The  "facade  of  Catholicism"  that  obsessed  Smithson  at  the 
time  wound  itself  into  a  picture  of  decadent  sexuality  and 
confronted  him  In  Rome  with  Its  excessive  display.  The 
facade  parted  to  reveal  baroque  layers  of  corruption, 
labyrinthine  catacombs,  and  perverse  desires.  The  spiral 
became  a  worm  within  the  body  of  the  church;  "a  snake 
chewing  a  penis"  was  Its  homoerotic  symptom. ^  Thus,  a 
dialectic  formed  between  erotica  and  geometry  character- 
ized by  Smithson's  Immediate  post-Rome  production,  a  set 
of  exercises  he  described  as  "sort  of  like  cartouches."  Here, 
homoeroticism  was  banished  to  the  peripheries  or  bracket- 
ed by  geometric  borders.  In  one  telling  cartouche,  the 
periphery  is  polymorphously  sexuallzed,  the  center  an  erot- 
ic vortex.  Only  the  boundary  is  "pure,"  a  crystalline  set  of 
nested  hexagons.  Their  segments  are  taken  in  sequence  to 
form  a  triangulated  spiral  that  appears  again  in  the  first 
"earthwork,"  an  aerial  sculpture  commissioned  for  the  run- 
way bordering  the  Dallas-Fort  Worth  airport. 

So  my  trip  to  Rome  was  sort  of  an  encounter  with 
European  history  as  a  nightmare....  And  the  real 
breakthrough  came  once  I  was  able  to  overcome 
this  lurking  pagan  religious  anthropomorphism.  I 
was  able  to  get  into  crystalline  structures  in  terms 
of  structures  of  matter  and  that  sort  of  thing....  I 
was  doing  crystalline  type  work  and  my  early 
interest  in  geology  and  earth  sciences  began  to 
assert  Itself  over  the  whole  cultural  overlay  of 
Europe.  I  had  gotten  that  out  of  my  system.  (RS 
283,  284,  and  2861 

Through  the  crystalline,  the  spiral  could  reassert  itself.  No 
longer  scandalously  homoerotic,  no  longer  simply  eschato- 
logical,  no  longer  merely  geometric,  it  knit  these  strata 
together.  Like  magma  flowing  through  the  interstices  of  a 
compacted  situation,  it  crystallized  as  a  boundary  that 
incorporated  the  fragments  of  its  own  violent  passage 
through  the  organic. 

I  mean  I  never  really  could  believe  In  any  kind  of 
redemptive  situation.  I  was  fascinated  with 
Gnostic  heresies,  Manicheism,  [sic\  and  the  dual- 
istic  heresies  of  the  East....  I  guess  there  was  a 
tug  of  war  going  on  between  the  organic  and  the 
crystalline....  Actually,  I  think  they  kind  of  met  — a 
kind  of  dialectic  occurred  later  on,  so  both  areas 
were  resolved.  IRS  286  and  290] 


Smithson's  early,  unpublished  poems  are  heart-rending  — 
remarkably,  they  remained  unpublished,  even  through  the 
celebrity  of  the  Spiral  Jetty  and  its  sudden  precipitate,  glob- 
al fame.  "Joining  with  the  myth  of  the  machine,"  he  penned 
around  1960,  "The  rebel  /  Expects  to  be  damned  by  rust"  — 
dust  unto  dust  became  rust  unto  rust  as  his  spiral  took  the 
binary  of  nature/technology  and  pulverized  it. 

You  know,  one  pebble  moving  one  foot  in  two 
million  years  is  enough  action  to  keep  me  really 
excited.  But  some  of  us  have  to  simulate 
upheaval,  step  up  the  action.  Sometimes  we  have 
to  call  on  Bacchus.  Excess.  Madness.  The  End  of 
the  World.  Mass  Carnage.  Falling  Empires.  (RS 
251) 

Entropy  became  the  engine  of  this  final  figuration,  the  archi- 
tect of  a  final  spiraling  path.  Its  slow  arc  looked  like  Nature. 
Was  this  the  solution,  a  postmodern  pastoral? 

Nature  is  an  infinite  sphere,  whose  center  is 
everywhere  and  whose  circumference  is  nowhere. 
[Pascal,  as  quoted  in  RS  271 

The  solar  system's  slow  swan  song,  the  "heat  death"  of  the 
universe  — an  obsession  of  science  in  the  1960s,  was  only 
one  part  of  the  spiral.  The  interstitial  spirituality  of  Smithson 
was  equally  dependent  on  the  figure  of  technology  — stud- 
ded with  rust  and  mechanical  "dinosaurs,"  but  sutured  into 
the  very  order  of  Nature.  Technology,  the  artist  claimed, 
was  part  of  "Human  Nature."  Thus,  part  of  the  dialectic's 
resolution  lay  in  the  deep  logic  of  the  pastoral,  in  which  the 
flight  from  the  marketplace  is  always  necessarily  indexed  to 
the  market's  genres  and  structures  of  value.  The  pastoral, 
in  turn,  was  inflated  by  a  post-Apollo  techno-scientific 
gigantism,  the  sudden  vision  of  an  Earth  suspended  with  its 
veil  of  atmosphere  in  an  inky  infinite.  In  bounded  chaos, 
massive  scale,  and  geological  timeframes,  Smithson  found 
the  right  optic  from  which  to  view  the  institutionalized  reli- 
gion that  "haunted"  — as  he  described  it  — his  early  work. 

The  refuse  between  mind  and  matter  is  a  mine  of 
information.  IRS  107] 

Mining  the  lode  will  continue  to  churn  the  strata,  yielding 
further  Smithsons  from  the  spirals  of  compacted  discourse. 
Many  of  those  nuggets  can  be  turned  to  reveal  a  spiritual 
sheen. 


28    /JONES 


Notes 

1  Robert  Smilhson,  "From  the  Cilv,"  ca,  1960,  published  posthumously  in 
Robert  Smithson:  The  Collected  Writings,  edited  by  Jack  Flam  (Berkeley: 
University  of  California  Press,  19961.  317.  Hereinafter  RS, 

2  Smithson,  "A  Sedimentation  of  the  Mind:  Earth  Projects,"  Art  forum 
(September  1968). 

3  Edgar  Allan  Poe.  The  Narrative  of  Arthur  Gordon  Pym  of  Nantucket.  1850, 
Chapter  XXIII,  as  quoted  by  Smithson  in   "Sedimentation," 

4  "Biographical  Note,"  unsigned  (but  probably  by  the  artist's  widow,  earthwork 
artist  Nancy  Holt),  in  Robert  Smithson,  The  Writings  of  Robert  Smithson,  edit- 
ed by  Nancy  Holt,  with  an  introduction  by  Philip  Leider  (New  York:  New  York 
University  Press,  1979),  5. 

5  Bruce  Kurtz.  "Conversation  with  Robert  Smithson  on  April  22,  1972,"  The 
Fox  II  (19751  in  RS  262. 

6  Smithson,  "The  Iconography  of  Desolation,"  c.  1962,  remained  unpublished 
until  long  after  his  death.  The  first  scholar  to  gain  access  to  these  unpublished 
materials  was  Eugenie  Tsai.  who  published  this  essay  in  Robert  Smithson 
Unearthed:  Drawings,  Collages.  Writings  (New  York:  Columbia  University  Press, 
19911,  61-68. 

7  This  trajectory  is  laid  out  more  fully  in  Caroline  Jones,  Machine  in  the  Studio: 


Constructing  the  Postwar  American  Artist  (Chicago:  University  of  Chicago 
Press,  1996),  and  most  recently,  m  Caroline  Jones,  "Preconscious/Posthumous 
Smithson:  The  Ambiguous  Status  of  Art  and  Artist  in  the  Postmodern  Frame," 
Res  41   (Spring  20021. 

8  Smithson  references  the  Michelangelesque  figure  in  the  posthumously  pub- 
lished "What  Really  Spoils  Michelangelo's  Sculpture,"  Tsai,  1991,  73.  The  fig- 
ure IS  borrowed  again  in  Smithson's  cartouche  drawing.  Untitled  (Second-Stage 
Injector).  1963.  See  the  essay  "Preconscious/  Posthumous  Smithson,"  supra, 
The  penis/snake  spiral  is  taken  from  Michelangelo's  skewering  of  his  enemies  in 
the  papal  curia.  The  figure  of  Minos,  Prince  of  Hades,  in  the  lower  right  corner 
of  The  Last  Judgment,  apparently  bore  an  uncanny  resemblance  to 
Michelangelo's  enemy  Biagio  da  Cesena,  the  master  of  ceremonies  in  the  papal 
court.  Da  Cesena  had  called  the  top  half  of  the  unfinished  Judgment  a  "stufa 
d'ignudi"  when  it  was  shown  to  intimates  in  1  540. 


Illustrations 

Frg.  1:  Robert  Smithson.  A  Surd  View  for  An  Afternoor},   1970. 
Fig.  2:  Robert  Smithson,  Feet  of  Christ,  1961 


JONES/     29 


FERNANDO  DOMEYKO 

CHURCH  AND  COMMUNITY  CENTER  IN 

LAS  ERISAS  DE  SANTO  DOMINGO.  CHILE 


30  /DOHEYKO 


The  temple  is  both  subjective  and  objective.  Its  use  is  ulti- 
mately internal  to  the  visitor  and  its  program  is  effective 
silently  and  personally.  The  temple  is  also  a  dynamic  repre- 
sentation of  society,  not  for  aesthetic  or  historical  reasons, 
but  rather,  it  acts  as  a  mirror  to  the  shifting  attitudes  of  a 
culture  in  a  much  more  accurate  and  immediate  manner 
than  other  building  types. 

Though  the  tectonic  elements  of  the  Church  at  Las  Brisas 
are  critical  to  understanding  its  realization,  the  design  is  ulti- 
mately an  investigation  of  the  program  — it  seeks  to  clarify 
the  essence  of  a  meditative  act.  The  clarification  here  devel- 


oped from  a  consideration  of  how  elemental  forces  physi- 
cally manifest,  as  one  hopes  to  experience  spiritual  forces 
through  the  act  of  meditation. 

The  church  in  Las  Brisas  de  Santo  Domingo  moderates 
these  physical  experiences  to  facilitate  meditation.  It  is  near 
a  forest  of  boldo  trees,  a  native  species  with  leaves  tradi- 
tionally used  for  making  a  purifying,  healing  potion.  It  lies  in 
the  path  of  both  the  sun  and  the  wind.  These  were  tecton- 
ic decisions  which  allow  the  visitor  to  feel  the  life  of  the 
building  and  the  larger  set  of  relationships  of  which  they  are 
a  part. 


DOMEYKO/    31 


The  meditative  aspects  of  the  church  were  further  clarified 
through  light  — not  through  the  manipulation  of  light,  but 
through  the  exploration  of  a  specific  kind  of  light.  The  inten- 
tion was  to  harness  a  quality  of  light  — like  a  memory  and 
the  identification  of  memory  — in  order  to  create  an  environ- 
ment conducive  to  reflection.  Likewise,  the  collaboration 
with  Kurt  Wagner  from  Bose  allowed  for  an  investigation  of 
sound  as  a  bendable  force,  focused  in  the  service  of  the 
program.  When  people  and  music  fill  the  space,  the  building 
works  as  a  musical  instrument  to  enhance  the  experience 
rather  than  dictate  it. 

The  building  process  itself  brought  an  illumination  and  dis- 
covery only  realizable  through  the  act  of  construction,  when 
the  forces  of  the  bulding  began  to  reveal  themselves.  In  this 
particular  case,  the  crew  embraced  the  spirit  of  the  process. 
Careful  examination  of  craftsmanship  became  superfluous, 
and  the  catalyst  to  action,  "I  don't  need  to  watch  you,  God 
watches  you,"  seems  to  have  taken  on  a  collective  under- 
standing. 


Ultimately,  the  goal  was  not  to  design,  make,  and  construct 
forms  for  their  own  sake,  but  rather  to  ensure  that  every 
element  of  the  building  was  "working."  The  whole  building 
then  becomes  activated  and  no  element  is  on  "vacation." 
The  austerity  of  the  elements  in  action  complements  rather 
than  competes  with  the  nature  of  the  meditative  experi- 
ence. 

To  connect  ideas  and  experiences,  one  must  allow  the 
architectural  elements  to  begin  a  dialogue.  It  is  not  what  we 
project  or  plan,  but  what  we  become  — what  we  actually  do 
and  make  — and  what  we  may  ultimately  learn  from  the  dia- 
logue that  arises.  The  idea  of  meditation  was  here  all  the 
time  — a  meditation  through  physics  to  open  a  way  to  God, 
a  happy  God.  The  building  is  less  about  the  architect  than 
what  is  best  for  the  building  as  a  work  for  God.  This  is  a 
spiritual  attitude,  but  not  a  religious  one.  It  allows  the  ulti- 
mate meditative  question  to  arise:  "What  kind  of  spirit 
moves  us?" 


32    ,/DOnEYKO 


1 

k^^   _         '^fiii       1 

DOMEYKO/    33 


.      >7 


•■  -l} 


iriti 


v^.-: 


I 


;'*; 


tft 


^^Wffl*  f 


3')    /APARICIO    GUISADO 


JESUS    MARIA    APARICIO    GUISADO 
CHURCH     IN    ANDALUSIA 


The  church  is  located  on  the  outskirts  of  Cordoba  in  Spain 
on  an  anonymous  avenue  with  newly  constructed 
Mediterranean-style  houses  on  one  side,  and  a  shopping 
center  on  the  other.  Although  the  city  has  a  rich  cultural  his- 
tory, the  site  does  not  reveal  it.  Rather  than  orient  the 
church  along  the  conventional  east-west  axis,  we  turned 
the  structure  away  from  the  built  environment,  and  orient- 


ed the  altar  and  pulpit  towards  the  south.  The  solitary  view 
from  the  church  surveys  a  distant  mountain  range  to  the 
north,  passing  over  the  immediate  surroundings.  The  exte- 
rior of  the  church  emphasizes  solidity,  a  defensive  hermet- 
ic seal  against  a  setting  without  memorable  references.  This 
solidity  is  achieved  through  the  construction  of  pure  vol- 
umes. 


APARICIO    GUISADO/    35 


36  /APARICIO  bUISADO 


A  large  rectangular  podium  signifies  the  earth.  It  was  con- 
ceived as  a  base  for  the  fall  of  a  shadow,  that  of  the  church 
Itself.  The  planes  of  the  podium  and  of  the  church  are  held 
apart  by  a  lightweight,  almost  imperceptible  structure;  a 
strip  of  light  connects  the  two  volumes  and  a  shadow  set- 
tles between  them. 

Light,  shadow,  and  color  model  the  interior  space  of  the 
church.  The  upper  plane  of  the  podium  is  carved  by  the 
light,  and  the  space  contained  within  the  "floating"  walls  is 
shaped  by  these  three  elements.  The  space  is  thus  held 
within  the  shadow  of  the  strong  light  of  the  Andalusian  sun. 
A  low  light  filters  in  from  between  the  two  volumes  of 
space,  illuminating  the  interior  evenly.  The  interior  wall  is 
punctuated  with  colored  light.  Openings  on  the  west  wall 
are  painted  red;  on  the  east,  blue;  and  the  southern  aper- 
tures, where  the  altar  is  located,  remain  unpainted  to  retain 
the  natural  yellow  or  white  light.  These  colors  will  accentu- 
ate the  natural  tones  of  the  atmosphere  at  those  hours 
when  light  passes  through  them,  following  the  passage  of 
the  sun. 

The  color  will  play  a  role  in  the  liturgy  as  well.  On  the  east- 
ern end  of  the  southern  wall,  behind  the  altar,  a  niche  holds 
the  figure  of  the  Virgin  of  Hope.  She  is  draped  in  green  light, 
the  liturgical  color  of  hope,  and  faces  the  morning  sun.  This 
green  results  from  a  mixture  of  the  blue  from  the  east  and 
the  natural  yellow  from  the  south  and  will  change  in  hue 
throughout  the  day.  In  the  early  morning,  the  niche  will 
become  deep  blue;  as  the  sun  moves  throughout  the  day, 
the  yellow-white  will  intensify.  A  tabernacle  situated  on  the 
western  corner  will  change  from  a  yellow-orange  in  the 
morning  to  red  as  the  afternoon  progresses. 

The  celebrant  is  seated  on  the  podium  alongside  the  altar, 
or  place  of  sacrifice,  and  the  pulpit.  The  visual  focus  of  the 
service  then  becomes  the  natural  light.  Spaces  carved  into 
the  podium  plane  provide  for  specific  sacraments;  the  wor- 
shippers assemble  on  a  lower  plane  to  give  emphasis  to  the 
podium. 

In  order  to  support  the  large  interior  space  designed  to  hold 
about  four  hundred  people,  we  constructed  the  main  sanc- 


<UCUlii  fio?^  ^u 


tuary  with  a  prefabricated  concrete  "waffle-like"  space- 
frame  structure.  The  frame  lines  the  eastern  and  western 
interior  walls  and  the  deep  units  of  the  frame  provide 
peripheral  spaces  of  occupation;  the  frame  also  modulates 
the  interior  shadows,  fracturing  the  light  from  above  and 
below,  casting  shadows  that  move  over  the  course  of  the 
day. 

Our  proposal  for  the  Church  in  Andalusia  emphasizes  the 
expression  of  limits  and  the  breaking  of  boundaries  that 
form  these  limits  through  light.  The  church  is  divided  into 
spaces  of  transition  where  we  are  able  to  pass  from  one 
spatial  reality  to  another.  This  space  of  shade  in  Andalusia 
provides  a  refuge  from  the  Mediterranean  sun,  yet  registers 
the  passing  of  time  and  the  changes  of  the  day  for  those 
inhabiting  the  shadows  in  quietude  and  prayer. 


APARICIO    GUISADO/    37 


38  /JARZOMBEK 


MARK    JARZOFIBEK 

BELLOTTO'S    DRESDEN: 
FRAMING    THE    DIALECTICS    OF    PORCELAIN 


In  1978,  pieces  from  Dresden's  famous  art  and  porcelain 
collections  went  on  exhibition  in  Washington  D.C.,  New 
York,  and  San  FranciscoJ  The  backdrop  of  the  exhibition 
was,  of  course,  the  devastating  fire  bombing  of  Dresden  by 
the  Allies  in  World  War  II,  and  the  subsequent  consolidation 
of  East  Germany  into  a  socialist  state.  In  all  candor, 
Manfred  Bachmann,  Director  of  the  State  Art  Collections  in 
Dresden,  wrote  in  the  accompanying  catalogue  that  the 
Dresden  collections  were  "in  the  hands  of  the  working 
class"  whose  "socially-oriented  policies... have  created  new 
museums  in  the  framework  of  the  reconstructed  cultural 
centers  of  the  city  on  the  Elbe. "2  The  Splendors  of  Dresden, 
as  the  exhibition  was  called,  was  heavily  funded  by  the  IBM 
Corporation  and  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts,  and 
was  thus  a  victory  for  the  champions  of  detente.  Though 
Bachmann  meant  for  the  "reconstructed  cultural  centers"  to 
point  to  the  much-anticipated  transformation  of  Dresden 
into  a  modernized  city,  he  also  referred  to  the  attempt  to 
rebuild  the  heavily-damaged  Zwinger  and  Semper  Galleries. 
In  fact,  one  of  the  purposes  of  the  exhibition  was  to  draw 
attention  to  the  desires  of  both  the  East  and  West  for  a  re- 
energized museum  culture.  For  this  reason,  the  exhibition 
was  staged  as  part  of  the  opening  celebration  of  I.M.  Pel's 
new  East  Wing  of  the  National  Gallery.  To  make  the  theme 
of  renewal  even  stronger,  the  exhibition  included  a  true-to- 
scale  reconstruction  of  the  interior  of  one  of  Dresden's  most 
noted  exhibition  spaces,  the  "Green  Vault,"  a  fortified,  six- 
teenth-century treasure  room  where  Dresden's  former 
monarchical  rulers  housed  the  most  precious  pieces  of  their 
porcelain  collection.  In  reality,  the  Green  Vault,  which  had 
been  heavily  damaged  during  World  War  II,  was  not  in  use 
and  the  plans  for  its  restoration  were  sketchy  at  best.  It 
was  therefore  not  without  some  degree  of  irony  that  the 
simulated   version   of   what   Dresdeners   might   very   much 


have  wanted  to  see  restored  was  on  display  in  a  building 
that  was  far  more  expressive  of  modernist  ideals  than  what 
was  then  being  built  in  East  Germany. 

The  East  German  curators  who  authored  the  catalogue 
availed  themselves  of  this  opportunity  to  construct  within 
the  framework  of  the  show  a  condensed  history  lesson 
about  the  city  of  Dresden,  a  lesson  designed  as  a  play  on 
the  theme  of  the  East-West  exchange.  Its  articulation  began 
with  the  first  piece  described  in  the  catalogue  in  an  essay 
by  Joachim  Menzhausen,  director  of  the  Green  Vault: 
Bernard  Bellotto's  Dresden  from  tfie  Right  Bank  of  the  Elbe, 
1748  (Fig.  2).  Painted,  according  to  Menzhausen,  in  a  "sci- 
entifically exact"  manner,  it  shows  the  city  before  the 
"bombardment.  "3  The  bombardment  to  which  the  catalogue 
refers  was,  however,  not  that  which  took  place  in  1945, 
but  rather  the  cannonade  of  1 760  that  took  place  during  the 
Seven  Years'  War  (1756-1763).  This  war,  a  world  war  in 
Its  own  right,  involved  all  the  major  European  powers  and 
had  even  spilled  over  into  India  and  the  Americas.  Though 
this  paper  cannot  explore  the  history  of  this  complicated 
war,  suffice  it  to  say  that  in  1760,  Dresden  experienced 
what  local  historians  still  call  its  "first  destruction."  To 
show  the  devastation,  the  East  German  curators  pointed  to 
another  painting  by  Bellotto,  his  Kreuzkirche  (Church  of  the 
Holy  Cross,  1765)  (Fig.  1|.  The  catalogue's  author  noted 
that  the  church's  ruins,  "like  an  open  corpse,  offer  a  strong 
image  of  the  desolation  wrought  by  war.""* 

Menzhausen  was  assuming  that  sophisticated  readers 
would  see  the  parallel  between  the  Kreuzkirche  and  the 
Frauenkirche.  Following  the  bombardment  of  1945  by  the 
Allied  forces,  the  Frauenkirche  was  left  in  a  state  of  ruin 
uncannily    similar   to   that    of   the    near-by   Kreuzkirche   as 


JARZOMBEK/  39 


Bellotto  had  painted  it.  The  two  buildings  represented  noth- 
ing less  than  the  dynamic  of  Dresden's  dialectical  fate.  The 
Kreuzkirche  signified  the  end  of  the  monarchical  world,  the 
Frauenkirche,  the  end  of  the  bourgeois  world.  But  if  the  first 
step  of  the  Dialectic  can  now  be  demonstrated  only  with 
the  help  of  art  history  and  with  the  help  of  an  image  of  "for- 
tunate perfection,"  as  Bellotto's  painting  was  described  by 
Menzhausen,  the  result  of  the  second  step  of  the  Dialectic, 
namely  the  destruction  of  the  Frauenkirche,  had  been 
planned  as  a  permanent  visual  element  in  the  urban  land- 
scape. One  should  "never  lose  sight  of  this  apocalyptic  pic- 
ture of  our  city,"  read  a  socialist  brochure  published  just 
after  the  war.^  The  ruins  remained  until  the  mid-1990s, 
when  reconstruction  of  the  Frauenkirche  was  begun.  Until 
then,  it  was  an  anti-memorial  to  fascism  and,  by  the  1970s, 
to  the  cruelty  of  the  allied  attack. 


view,  a  mere  "romantic  chinoisene"  of  buildings. 6  The  use 
of  these  words  by  the  director  of  the  Green  Vault  to 
describe  Dresden's  much  admired  urban  silhouette  was  par- 
ticularly biting  since  socialists,  one  must  recall,  saw  chi- 
noiserie  as  a  manifestation  of  the  fetishized  and  alienated 
life-style  of  the  upper  classes.  Dresden  had  been  a  world 
center  for  porcelain  products,  playful  figurines,  made  in 
near-by  Meissen;  they  were  meant  to  be  collected  only 
(Figs.  3  &  4).  Indeed,  Dresden's  famous  ruler,  Augustus  the 
Strong  (1670-1733),  had  assembled  a  collection  of  over 
24,000  pieces  of  Chinese  and  Japanese  porcelain  for  his 
"Japanese  Palace"  (Fig.  5).  Bellotto's  Dresden  from  the 
Right  Bank  of  the  Elbe,  seen  in  this  context,  thus  shows  us 
more  than  just  a  beautiful  city.  It  is  a  painting  of  architec- 
turally scaled  chinoiserie,  meaning  that  it  was,  in  the  final 
analysis,  as  Menzhausen  notes,  a  "symbol  for  an  end."' 


To  flesh  out  the  logic  of  Dresden's  dialectically  charged 
fate,  Menzhausen  hinted  that  the  initial  attack  in  1760  was 
not   unexpected,   given  that   the  city   had   become,    in   his 


In  positing  the  fate  of  Dresden's  destruction  within  the  fab- 
ric of  its  monarchical  history,  the  curators  were  generously 
deflecting  attention  from  the  question  of  the  Allies'  guilt  for 


40  /JARZOMBEK 


bombing  Dresden.  In  exchange,  the  West  would  have  to 
accept  the  proposition  that  Dresden's  post-war  socialist 
identity  was  not  something  imposed  on  it  by  the  Russians, 
but  was  a  logical  and  internal  resolution  of  its  fate.  Its 
destruction  was,  in  a  sense,  self-proclaimed.  This  meant 
that  by  going  to  the  exhibition  and  walking  through  the 
space  of  the  simulated  "Green  Vault,"  Westeners  were,  in 
essence,  revisiting  the  pre-dialectical  moment  of  Dresden's 
history. 

But  in  the  process  of  developing  this  piece  of  revisionist 
diplomacy,  the  exhibition  designers  laid  an  elegant  trap  for 
their  Western  audience,  for  chinoiserie  had  certainly  not  lost 


its  potency.  The  Westerners,  therefore,  were  unknowingly, 
taking  in  the  sweet  poison  of  the  Vault's  display,  and,  in 
admiring  it,  became  unwittingly  complicit  in  their  own  undo- 
ing. 

The  exhibition  thus  worked  on  two  levels,  one  abstract  and 
timeless,  the  other,  real  and  in  the  "here  and  now."  Both 
positioned  the  narrative  of  modernity  and  its  "arrival" 
through  the  sliding  gradations  of  a  precisely  calibrated  spa- 
tio-temporal logic  that  moved  not  only  between  the  Green 
Vault  and  the  East  Wing,  but  also  between  the  tropes  of 
death  and  destruction.  It  began  with  the  lively  little  figurines 
that  had  once  so  effectively  foreshadowed  Dresden's  doom 
but  that  now,  dusted  off,  were  harbingers  of  an  even 
grander  purpose,  a  purpose  that  could  be  easily  disguised 
under  the  pretext  of  an  East-West  dialogue.  The  paintings 
by  Bellotto  that  framed  the  entire  operation,  the  "before" 
and  the  "after"  images  of  the  first  instantiation  of  Dresden's 
Dialectic,  were  part  of  the  coded  prediction  of  the  West's 
own  demise  and  potential  transcendence.  Though  the  poi- 
son and  the  warning  labels  were  in  plain  view,  they  could 
not  be  deciphered. 

However,  it  was  probably  all  a  game  which  only  the  Eastern 
curators  could  really  enjoy.  But  it  was  also,  no  doubt,  mixed 
with  sadness,  as  the  Dresden  curators,  with  deteriorating 
state  funding,  were  neither  able  to  rebuild  their  Vault  to  its 
former  splendor  nor  build  a  new,  modern  museum  similar  to 
the  East  Wing.  The  Western  exhibition  viewers  had  both  the 
funding  and  the  building  which  was  why  the  best  that  the 
East  German  curators  could  get  out  of  their  "Green  Vault" 
was  a  trompe-l'oei/  of  the  historical  Dialectic. 


JARZOHBEK,'  41 


Notes 

1  The  Splendor  of  Dresden:  Five  Centunes  of  Art  Collecting,  an  Exhibition  from 
the  German  Democratic  Republic  was  displayed  at  the  National  Gallery  in 
Washington  from  June  1  to  September  4,  1978.  More  than  700  paintings, 
drawings,  prints,  porcelains,  scientific  instruments,  arms  and  armor,  bronzes, 
and  jeweled  objects  were  on  view.  Sent  from  the  collections  of  Dresden,  the 
exhibit  documented  the  history  of  art  collecting  by  the  rulers  of  Saxony  over  a 
BOO-year  period.  It  was  organized  by  the  National  Gallery  in  Washington  D.C.. 
the  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  and  the  Fine  Arts  Museums  of  San  Francisco, 
and  It  was  curated  by  American  and  German  experts,  in  particular  by  Olga 
Raggio,  chairman  of  the  Department  of  European  Sculpture  and  Decorative  Arts 
at  the  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art 

2  Manfred  Bachmann,  "Statement,"  The  Splendor  of  Dresden:  Five  Centuries  of 
Art  Collecting  (New  York:  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  1978),  7.  Bachmann 
was  the  Director  General  of  the  State  Art  Collections  in  Dresden. 

3  Joachim  Menzhausen,  "Five  Centunes  of  Art  Collecting  in  Dresden,"  The 
Splendor  of  Dresden,  24.  Menzhausen  was  the  director  of  the  Green  Vault  in 
Dresden.  The  Venetian  Bernardo  Bellotto  (1721-80)  was  the  nephew  and  pupil 
of  the  famous  Canaletto.  In  1747,  he  left  Venice  for  Dresden  where  he  was 
appointed  court  painter  to  Frederick  Augustus  II  of  Saxony.  Bellotto  moved  to 
Warsaw  in  1767.  His  best  work  was  done  in  Dresden  where  he  painted  numer- 
ous scenes  of  the  city. 

4  Angelo  Walther,  The  Splendor  of  Dresden,  70. 

5  "Was  fanden  wir?"  Kultureller  Neuaufbau  Dresdens  1  (Dresden:  Stadt 
Dresden,  n.d.l,  3. 

6  Menzhausen,  The  Splendor  of  Dresden.  24. 

7  Ibid. 


Illustrations 

From  the  catalogue  for  the  exhibition,  The  Splendor  of  Dresden:  Five  Centuries 
of  Art  Collecting:  An  Exhibition  from  the  State  Art  Collections  of  Dresden  (New 
York:  The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  1978). 

Fig.  1 :  Bernard  Bellotto,  Rums  of  the  Church  of  the  Holy  Cross.  1  765,  cat.  no, 
10, 

Fig,  2:  Bernard  Bellotto,  Dresden  from  the  Right  Bank  of  the  Elbe,  1748,  cat. 
no.  5. 

Fig.  3:  Mother  Monkey  with  her  Young,  Meissen,  c.  1730,  cat.  no.  480, 
Fig,  4:  Teapot  and  Two  Teabowls  with  Saucers,  with  strapwork  painted  in  sil- 
ver. Meissen,  c.  1715-1720,  cat,  no,  473, 
Fig,  5,  Lady  with  Bird  on  a  Perch,  China,  Te-hua,  c.  1675-1725,  cat.  no.  362. 


^2    /JARZOMBEK 


THE 


JONATHAN  COONEY 
CREATING  SACRED  SPACE  OUTDOORS: 
PRIMITIVE    METHODIST    CAMP    MEETING     IN 

ENGLAND,     1819-1840* 


It  was  the  Loughborough,  England  Methodist  circuit  camp 
meeting  of  July  30,  1820,  and  George  Jarrat  was  describ- 
ing a  battle  between  two  "mighty  powers"  for  Primitive 
Methodist  Magazine.  ^  Jarrat  was  struck  by  the  similarity  of 
the  scene  to  a  military  operation.  The  officers  in  the  field 
had  been  unable  to  call  the  troops  to  regroup.  Not  even  the 
sound  of  a  horn  had  restored  order.  The  camp  meeting  had 
begun  as  usual;  several  short  sermons  followed  by  the 
dividing  of  the  crowd  into  "praying  companies,"  in  which 
seekers  of  salvation  could  find  encouragement,  and  perhaps 
liberty,  from  their  miserable  spiritual  condition.  But  when  it 
came  time  for  the  prayer  companies  to  turn  their  attention 
once  more  to  the  preachers,  the  leaders  discovered  that  nei- 
ther human  voice  nor  trumpet  could  disengage  the  smaller 
groups: 

In  one  of  the  prayer  companies,  the  cries  of  the 
penitents  were  so  affecting  to  the  praying  souls 
that  to  attempt  to  persuade  either  the  one  or  the 
other  to  attend  preaching  was  unavailing.  At 
length,  we  succeeded  in  removing  the  souls  in  dis- 
tress, to  the  distance  of  about  one  hundred  yards 
from  the  preaching  stand;  and  great  numbers 
repaired  with  them. 2 

When  Jarrat  left  the  campground  at  eight  o'clock  that 
evening,  "many  were  still  in  distress. "3  Multiple  preaching 
stands  had  been  set  up,  each  stand  boasting  five  sermons 
in  both  the  morning  and  the  afternoon  and  two  in  the 
evening.  With  the  accompanying  prayer  services,  it  was  dif- 
ficult to  know  just  how  many  people  received  salvation  that 
day,  although  Jarrat  estimated  that  at  least  seven  thousand 
were  present.* 


An  offshoot  of  Wesleyan  Methodism,  the  Primitive 
Methodists  argued  that  the  camp  meeting  — a  one-day  out- 
door revival  service  — was  an  effective  means  of  bringing 
the  Gospel  to  as  many  people  as  possible.  The  camp  meet- 
ing was  invented  on  the  American  frontier,  where  it  lasted 
several  days  and  was  associated  with  enthusiasm  and  dis- 
order. English  camp  meetings  lasted  only  one  day  instead  of 
several  days  and  emphasized  prayer  rather  than  preaching. 
The  Primitive  Methodists'  camp  meetings  in  open  fields 
made  it  possible  for  the  Movement  to  claim  sacred  space, 
as  the  Methodists  had  been  excluded  from  conventional 
sacred  space,  first  by  the  established  Church,  as  had  all 
Methodists,  and  then  by  the  Wesleyan  Methodist  adminis- 
tration which  sought  a  higher  socio-political  status. 

For  the  Primitive  Methodists,  camp  meetings  became  the 
characteristic  means  of  transmitting  the  substance  of  evan- 
gelical religion,  though  regular  chapel  services  became  part 
of  their  ministry.  Known  as  "Ranters,"  the  Primitive 
Methodists  became  a  sect  and  later  a  denomination.  They 
were  "not  only  small  but  also  homogeneous,"  drawing  their 
audiences  primarily,  but  by  no  means  exclusively,  from  the 
poor,  mostly  farm  laborers  between  1820  and  1840  — the 
"heroic  age"  of  Primitive  Methodist  missionary  expansion  in 
England. s  Class  differences  and  the  stresses  of  industrial- 
ization certainly  contributed  to  the  popularity  of  the 
Primitive  Methodists.  National  and  international  tensions 
encouraged  thousands  of  English  men  and  women  to  seek 
out  the  emotional  and  spiritual  release  of  the  camp  meet- 
ings. Gradually,  however.  Primitive  Methodism  surrendered 
the  enthusiasm  of  the  spiritual  battlefield  for  more  staid  and 
socially  acceptable  forms  of  public  worship.  By  the  mid- 
nineteenth  century.  Primitive  Methodists  were  part  of  a 
chapel-based  movement,  and  by  the  early  twentieth  centu- 


COONEY/    13 


ry,  they  had  reconciled  with  their  Wesleyan  forebears.  The 
transition  from  sect  to  denomination  and  from  worshipping 
out-of-doors  to  Indoors  suggests  a  familiar  pattern  of  move- 
ment from  exclusion  to  inclusion  and  from  the  social  and 
religious  margins  to  the  mainstream. 

The  first  formal  attempt  to  marginalize  the  Primitive 
Methodists  occurred  in  1807,  when  the  Wesleyan  confer- 
ence forbade  camp  meetings: 

Q.  What  Is  the  judgment  of  the  Conference  con- 
cerning what  are  called  camp-meetings? 

A.  It  IS  our  judgment,  that  even  supposing  such 
meetings  to  be  allowable  In  America,  they  are 
highly  Improper  in  England,  and  likely  to  be  pro- 
ductive of  considerable  mischief  and  we  disclaim 
all  connexion  with  them. 6 

The  power  and  efficacy  of  the  camp  meetings  were  clearly 
evident  to  Hugh  Bourne,  however,  and  his  enthusiasm  for 
them  cost  him  his  place  in  the  old  order.  In  June  1808, 
Bourne  was  removed  from  membership  In  the  Methodist 
church  for  preaching  to  large  crowds  at  organized  camp 
meetings.  Hugh  and  his  brother,  James,  were  convinced 
that  worship  in  the  open  air  was  "both  methodistical  and 
scriptural,"  and  thus,  solidly  within  the  biblical  and 
Wesleyan  traditions.^  Hugh  Bourne  argued  that  camp  meet- 
ings had  an  ameliorating  effect  when  scheduled  to  coincide 
with  parish  wakes  — bawdy,  secular  feasts  held  annually  In 
some  communities.  He  believed  that  more  souls  were  con- 
verted at  camp  meetings  than  through  all  the  regular  work 
done  on  any  particular  preaching  circuit  In  any  given  year. 
His  plan  was  to  limit  the  length  of  sermons,  using  the 
preaching  event  as  a  prelude  to  a  period  of  intense  group 
prayer.  He  was  sure  that  organizing  camp  meetings  around 
a  variety  of  activities  — preaching,  praying,  reading  from  tes- 
timonies, etc.  — enabled  people  "to  continue  the  active  wor- 
ship of  God,  for  a  course  of  time,  with  energy  and  effect. "8 

In  the  summer  of  1  808,  after  the  judgment  prohibiting  camp 
meetings,  there  was  an  outdoor  gathering  at  Norton,  which 
lasted  several  days.  It  was  so  successful  that  Bourne  felt, 
"the  English  camp-meetings  were  established  on  an  Immov- 
able foundation,  and  could  never  afterwards  be  shaken. "9 
Bourne's  movement  took  on  the  name  Primitive  Methodist 
because  "It  had  been  directed  towards  the  revival  of  primi- 
tive or  early  Methodism  by  a  return  to  the  spirit  and  meth- 
ods,   especially    in    the    matter    of    out-door    preaching,    of 


Wesley  and  his  coadjutors."'"'  The  name  was  officially 
adopted  In  1812.  By  1820,  the  Primitives  claimed  7,842 
members,  but  by  1850,  they  boasted  102,222  members, 
nearly  one-third  that  of  the  Wesleyans'  334,458.'^ 

John  Wesley,  the  founder  of  the  Methodist  Movement  In 
England,  adopted  "field  preaching"  as  a  form  of  mass  evan- 
gelism as  early  as  1  739,  when  he  discovered  that  his  col- 
league, George  Whitefield,  was  experiencing  great  success 
holding  services  in  the  open  air.  Wesley  was  a  product  of 
the  rigid  and  orderly  Church  of  England,  an  ordained  priest 
and  the  son  and  grandson  of  clergymen.  Conducting  public 
worship  anywhere  but  In  churches  and  cathedrals  dedicat- 
ed to  such  activity  seemed  almost  indecent  to  him,  but 
Wesley  found  he  could  also  attract  crowds  out-of-doors, 
and  field  preaching  became  characteristic  of  first-generation 
Methodism.  Field  preaching  brought  the  Gospel  message  to 
the  masses,  who  would  not  or  could  not  attend  holy  serv- 
ices in  the  established  church.  Just  as  Wesley  himself  was 
shut  out  of  many  English  pulpits  because  of  his  enthusiasm, 
a  rigid,  formal,  and  politically-minded  church  that  seemed  to 
care  little  for  the  working  class  alienated  much  of  the  pop- 
ulation of  England. 12 

Decades  later,  as  the  Primitive  Methodist  ranks  swelled 
after  a  revived  emphasis  on  field  preaching  and  camp  meet- 
ings, England  still  struggled  with  class  differences  and 
social  discontent.  Food  shortages,  postwar  unemployment, 
depressed  wages,  and  soaring  prices  applied  increasing 
pressure  to  those  least  able  to  deal  with  it.  The  painfully 
slow  democratization  process  urged  people  to  strive  beyond 
their  social  status  while  constant  reminders  of  its  inevitabil- 
ity lingered.  The  presence  of  cholera  In  Leeds  in  1832  may 
have  contributed  to  a  tremendous  increase  in  Primitive 
Methodist  membership  there,  and  the  disease  was  probably 
responsible  for  adding  250  members  to  both  the  Hull  and 
North  Shields  circuits  in  just  one  quarter.  The  Primitive 
Methodists  in  Liverpool  gained  over  nine  thousand  members 
in  1849  — the  largest  annual  Increase  In  Primitive  Methodist 
history.  It  is  no  coincidence  that  Leeds  also  had  high  mor- 
tality rates  due  to  cholera  by  the  end  of  the  1840s. ^^ 

While  the  appeal  of  the  Primitive  Methodists  was  not  limit- 
ed to  the  poor  and  the  working  classes,  the  leadership  of 
the  original  Wesleyan  connection  seemed  to  go  out  of  its 
way  to  exclude  camp  meetings  and  their  adherents  from 
nineteenth-century  mainstream  Methodism.  Jabez  Bunting, 
who  emerged  as  the  leader  of  Wesleyan  Methodism  from 
the  vacuum  left  by  Wesley's  death  in  1791,  tried  to  make 


hk    ,'COONEY 


the  growing  denomination  more  respectable.  Bunting,  who 
was  solidly  behind  the  conference's  condemnation  of  camp 
meetings,  sought  to  relieve  the  political  and  financial  pres- 
sure that  the  connection  was  feeling  from  all  sides.  On  the 
one  hand,  groups  like  the  Methodists  were  frequently 
accused  of  being  radicals  and  even  subversives  during 
England's  hostilities  with  France.  As  a  religious  movement 
outside  the  established  Church  of  England,  they  were  in 
danger  of  being  shut  down.  On  the  other  hand,  money 
raised  within  the  connection  for  missionary  enterprises  had 
been  spent  on  keeping  the  Methodist  Movement  solvent  in 
England.  Bunting  came  to  "put  his  faith  in  a  vision  of 
Methodism  as  a  federation  of  chapels,  serviced  by  a  well- 
instructed  ministry  and  paid  for  by  a  pious  and  respectable 
laity.  "I'' 

As  John  Wesley  was  excluded  from  the  establishment's 
churches  for  his  brand  of  enthusiasm,  paradoxically,  so 
were  Bourne  and  the  Primitive  Methodists  alienated  and 
excluded  by  the  attitudes  and  actions  of  the  Wesleyan  lead- 
ership. While  Bunting  and  others  toiled  to  raise  Methodism 
to  a  level  of  financial  privilege  and  social  acceptability  which 
would  ensure  their  vision  of  ministry,  so  did  Bourne  and  his 
associates  find  themselves  creating  their  own  sacred 
spaces  among  the  masses  — the  camp  meeting. 

Because  the  ordering  of  English  society  had  long  depended 
on  the  squire-parson  alliance,  another  characteristic  of 
Bourne's  camp  meetings  should  not  escape  notice:  primitive 
Methodist  camp  meetings  emphasized  ministry  by  the  laity. 
Although  the  preachers  were  most  likely  licensed  clergy, 
the  great  praying  companies  were  made  up  of  volunteer 
laity.  By  1820,  strict  guidelines  for  the  organization  and 
implementation  of  the  praying  companies  had  been  devel- 
oped. Camp  meeting  conductors  were  charged  to  see  that 
preaching  did  not  infringe  on  praying  time  when  the  con- 
gregation could  participate  and  minister.  The  prayer  time 
was  a  chance  for  those  who  had  been  "wounded,"  as  Jarrat 
observed,  to  be  "saved"  through  preaching  and  so  carried 
with  it  significant  importance.  For  a  few  years  between 
1816  and  1818,  some  Primitive  Methodists  experimented 
with  making  preaching  the  focus  of  the  camp  meetings  as 
in  America.  The  results  were  disastrous  and  demoralizing. 
The  praying  companies  were  restored  to  prominence,  and 
the  lay  character  of  the  Primitive  Methodist  ministry  was  re- 
enforced.  The  established  clergy  had  no  part  in  these  meet- 
ings; the  laity  found  and  retained  the  spiritual  role.'^ 


Other  features  of  camp  meetings  in  England  involved  the 
laity's  claim  of  control  and  space.  One  of  these  features 
was  the  love  feast,  a  testimonial  meeting  held  in  the 
evening  following  the  day's  activities.  In  addition,  ritual 
marching  marked  the  beginning  of  the  camp  meeting.  The 
meetings  started  with  a  march  through  the  nearest  village 
or  town.  They  moved  from  the  staging  area  to  the  camp- 
ground while  drawing  attention  to  the  meeting  itself.  The 
marching  often  began  as  early  as  six  o'clock  in  the  morning 
and  included  singing  and  preaching  along  the  way.  In  1836, 
a  group  in  Stockport  split  and  marched  from  opposite  ends 
of  the  town  toward  the  central  marketplace's  The  singing 
and  preaching  drew  both  supporters  and  opposition,  but  the 
general  effect  was  more  like  a  circus  parade.  The  Primitive 
Methodists,  excluded  from  the  established  church  and  shut 
out  of  the  Wesleyan  connection,  found  a  way  to  storm 
English  society  in  a  direct  and  physical  manner,  "through 
the  street,  as  a  little  army  sounding  for  battle. "i' 

The  vigor  of  the  Primitive  Methodist  camp  meetings  did  not 
last,  however.  Signs  of  change  were  evident  by  1840,  a 
decade  before  Bourne's  death,  when  the  Primitive 
Metliodist  Magazine  began  to  print  articles  about  "Salvation 
meetings,"  two-hour  meetings  on  Sunday  nights  that 
resembled  camp  meetings  but  could  be  held  indoors  and 
during  the  winter. '8  After  1860,  camp  meetings  "con- 
tributed more  to  nostalgia  than  revivalism,"  and  by  1900, 
the  Primitive  Methodists  had  moved  to  a  chapel-based  min- 
istry.'9  The  low  costs  of  Primitive  Methodism  — few  debt- 
ridden  chapels  and  meager  preachers'  salaries  — which  may 
have  contributed  to  its  popularity  among  the  lower  classes, 
were  gradually  undone  by  the  church's  institutional  drift 
from  its  identity  as  a  sect  to  its  status  as  a  denomination. 
Chapel-building  may  indeed  have  drained  the  Primitive 
Methodists'  spiritual,  as  well  as  their  financial  resources. 2° 

Primitive  Methodists  adopted  the  camp  meeting  from  the 
American  Methodists  who  found  it  to  be  a  useful  tool  for 
evangelizing  the  frontier.  But  the  Primitive  Methodists  were 
uncomfortable  with  the  raucous  character  of  the  American 
version,  which  lasted  several  days  and  emphasized  fervent 
evangelical  preaching,  as  correspondent  Joshua  Marsden 
recounted  for  his  English  readers: 

At  six  o'clock  in  the  evening  the  horn  summons  to 
preaching,  after  which,  though  in  no  unregulated 
form,  all  the  above  means  continue  until  morning; 
so  that  go  to  whatever  part  of  the  camp  you 
please,  some  are  engaged  in  them;  yea,  and  dur- 


cooNEY/  as 


ing  whatever  part  of  the  night  you  awake,  the 
wilderness  is  vocal  with  praise. 21 

In  America,  the  Primitive  Methodists  benefited  from  expan- 
sion west  into  millions  of  acres  of  uncharted  space;  they 
claimed  sacred  space  in  concordance  with  the  expansion 
movement,  which  particularly  suited  the  camp  meetings. 
However,  the  democratization  process  was  well  underway 
by  the  time  camp  meetings  became  popular  in  America.  The 
voluntary  ministering  was  as  evident  in  America  as  in 
England,  but  in  America,  participation  in  all  aspects  of  the 
services  was  voluntary,  and  by  the  early  nineteenth  centu- 
ry, personal  expressions  of  spirituality  were  the  norm. 
Unlike  the  Wesleyan  connection  in  England,  mainstream 
American  Methodists  embraced  camp  meetings.  Camp 
meetings  became  standard  in  American  Methodism,  but  did 
not  become  the  chief  hallmark  of  the  Movement  as  it  did 
with  Primitive  Methodism  in  England. 22  There  were  other 
differences: 

First,  [American]  Methodism's  most  explosive 
period  of  growth  came  before  the  advent  of  the 
camp  meeting;  the  Movement's  basic  structure 
was  already  well  established  before  camp  meet- 
ings emerged  at  the  turn  of  the  century.  Second, 
large  and  enthusiastic  meetings  were  a  familiar 
and  consistent  component  of  the  Methodist 
Movement  throughout  the  new  nation,  not  only 
on  the  frontier. 23 

Hugh  Bourne  encouraged  "conversation  preaching,"  or  per- 
sonal witnessing,  as  another  way  in  which  the  laity  could 
engage  in  spreading  the  Gospel  message.  Most  scholars  of 
the  Wesleyan  heritage  today  recognize  that  one-on-one  con- 
tact and  ministry  within  small  groups  did  as  much  or  more 
to  fuel  the  Methodist  Movement  as  the  large-scale  opera- 
tions that  were  the  camp  meetings.  "Contrary  to  some 
impressions,"  writes  Richard  Heitzenrater,  "most  of  the 
occasions  when  persons  'received'  remission  of  sins  or 
were  'comforted'  were  those  small  group  meetings,  not  the 
large  open-air  preaching  services. "2* 

A  familiar  pattern  emerged,  however,  as  the  Primitive 
Methodists  enjoyed  several  decades  of  phenomenal  growth 
followed  by  a  plateau  and  decline  as  they  moved  away  from 
the  very  customs  which  defined  their  earliest  efforts.  Nearly 
twenty  years  after  Jarrat  described  the  Loughborough  camp 
meeting  with  militaristic  overtones  in  the  Primitive 
IVIethodist  Magazine,  another  observer  of  the  camp  meet- 
ings in   1839,  described  them  as  possessing   "a  regularity 


which. ..could  not  have  been  accomplished,  except  by  mili- 
tary practice. "25  Regardless  of  whether  the  camp  meetings 
were  primarily  responsible  for  the  growth  of  the  Primitive 
Methodists,  they  served  as  the  battlefield  on  which  many 
Primitive  Methodists  fought.  The  recurring  use  of  the  bat- 
tlefield analogy  to  describe  the  camp  meetings  evoked 
images  of  vitality,  but  also  drew  into  focus  the  tension  of 
the  outsider.  Open-air  preaching  was  the  sacred  space  they 
claimed  when  they  could  not  afford  to  construct  chapels 
and  believed  that  the  mother  church  had  abandoned  one  of 
the  most  sacred  spaces  of  all  — "God's  own  chapel"  — and 
with  it  a  considerable  portion  of  the  English  populace. 


*  For  Shelby. 

Notes 

1  George  Jarrat.  "Loughborough  Circuit  Camp  Meeting,"  Primitive  Methodist 
Magazine  (18201:  241. 

2  Ibid. 

3  Ibid,  241-242.  A  mourner  was  a  person  convicted  of  a  sin  who  had  not  yet 
received  assurance  of  salvation.  "When  sinners,  who  were  listening  to  the 
word,  felt  the  arrows  of  the  Almighty  stick  fast  within  them,  they  repaired  to 
the  multitude  who  were  praying  with  the  penitents.  And  so  great  an  effect 
attended  the  preaching,  and  the  other  praying  services,  that  mourners  contin- 
ued to  flock  to  the  praying  multitude,  in  regular  succession,  as  wounded  men 
to  an  hospital;  where  numbers  found  the  heating  balm  of  the  Redeemer's  blood 
to  heal  their  souls." 

4  Ibid. 

5  James  Obelkevich.  Religion  and  Rural  Society:  South  Lindsey  (1825-187BI 
(Oxford:  Clarendon  Press,  1976),  220. 

6  "History  of  the  Primitive  Methodists,"  Primitive  Methodist  Magazine  (1821): 
51. 

7  Ibid.,  52,  76. 

8  Ibid. 

9  Ibrd.,  54. 

10  Joseph  Ritson,  The  Romance  of  Primitive  Methodism  (London;  Primitive 
Methodist  Publishing  House.  1909),  96. 

1 1  Robert  Currie,  Alan  Gilbert,  and  Lee  Horsley,  Churches  and  Churchgoers: 
Patterns  of  Church  Growth  in  the  British  Isles  Since  1700  (Oxford;  Clarendon 
Press,  1977),  140-141. 

1  2  Richard  P.  Heitzenrater,  Wesley  and  the  People  Called  Methodists  (Nashville: 
Abingdon  Press,   1995),  98. 

13  Julia  Stewart  Werner,  The  Primitive  Methodist  Connexion:  Its  Background 
and  Early  History  (Madison:  University  of  Wisconsin  Press,   19841,   17,  85. 

14  David  Hempton,  The  Religion  of  the  People:  Methodism  and  Popular  Religion 
c.    r  750-/500  (London:  Routledge,  1996),  7,  107, 

1  5  "On  the  Progress  of  Tunstall  Circuit,"  Primitive  Methodist  Magazine  (August 


i|6     /COONEY 


1820;  Intended  as  a  Substitute  for  October,  1819):  228-229. 

16  J.  Bowes.  "Work  of  God  in  the  Keigfiley  Circuit,"  The  Primitive  Methodist 
Magazine  (1827):  29.  Samuel  Smitfi,  "Stockport  Camp  Meeting,"  The  Primitive 
Methodist  Magazine.  New  Senes  (1836):  427-428. 

17  Ibid. 

18  "Salvation  Meetings,"  The  Primitive  Methodist  Magazine.  New  Series 
(1839):  357-358. 

19  Obelkevich.  253. 

20  Ibid..  222. 

21  Josfiua  Marsden.  The  Narrative  of  a  Mission  to  Nova  Scotia.  New  Brunsv\/ick 
(1816):  Quoted  in  "On  the  Mode  of  Conducting  the  Worship  at  the  Camp- 
Meetings  in  America,  &c.,"  The  Primitive  Methodist  Magazine  (July  1,  1819): 
150. 


22  Obelkevich,  227.  In  spite  of  the  dramatic  accounts  of  English  camp  meet- 
ings and  the  enthusiasm  of  the  Primitive  Methodist  leadership  for  the  technique. 
Obelkevich  plays  down  the  significance  of  the  camp  meetings.  "Despite  the 
notoriety  of  the  camp  meeting,  it  was  at  most,  an  occasional  event  and  could 
not  have  been  the  principal  evangelistic  technique  even  in  the  1820s-  By  the 
1850s,  a  single  camp  meeting  was  regularly  scheduled  for  each  village  society 
every  year." 

23  John  H.  Wigger,  Talking  Heaven  by  Storm:  Methodism  and  the  Rise  of 
Popular  Christianity  in  America  (New  York:  Oxford  University  Press,  1998).  96. 

24  Heitzenrater,  100. 

25  S.  Smith,  J.  Lawley,  and  J,  Cheetham,  "Manchester  Circuit  General  Camp 
Meeting,"  The  Primitive  Methodist  Magazine  (1839):  359. 


COONEY/    47 


as  /ANDERSON 


GLAIRE    D.    ANDERSON 

THE    CATHEDRAL    IN 

THE    MOSQUE    AND    THE    TWO    PALACES: 

ADDITIONS    TO    THE    GREAT    MOSQUE    OF    CORDOBA    AND 

THE    ALHAMBRA    DURING    THE    REIGN    OF    CHARLES    V^ 


The  conquest  of  al-Andalus,  the  Islamic-ruled  portion  of  the 
Iberian  Peninsula,  by  the  forces  of  the  northern  kingdom  of 
Castile  began  In  the  thirteenth  century  after  nearly  eight 
hundred  years  of  Islamic  political  dominance  over  the 
Peninsula.  Following  the  Castlllan  conquest,  or  reconquista, 
much  of  the  architecture  of  al-Andalus,  religious  as  well  as 
secular,  was  appropriated  and  used  with  few  changes  by 
new  Christian  patrons.  This  paper  focuses  on  sixteenth-cen- 
tury additions  to  the  two  most  famous  Islamic  monuments 
of  the  Iberian  Peninsula  — the  Great  Mosque  of  Cordoba 
(begun  eighth  century)  and  the  Alhambra  Citadel  of  Granada 
(fourteenth  century).  The  monuments  are  linked  by  changes 
wrought  during  the  reign  of  Charles  V,  who  ruled  as  King  of 
Spain  (r.  1516-56)  and  as  Holy  Roman  Emperor  (r.  1519- 
56).  The  dialogue  initiated  by  the  juxtaposition  of  Charles' 
amendments  and  the  original  medieval  Islamic  architectural 
contexts  invites  an  exploration  of  the  circumstances  in 
which  the  projects  were  conceived  and  carried  out. 

Project  One:  The  Cathedral  in  the  Mosque 

The  Great  Mosque  of  Cordoba  was  begun  between  784  and 
786  on  the  site  of  the  VIsigothic  church  of  S.  Vicente, 
which  was  likely  preceded  by  a  Roman  temple  (Fig.  2).  The 
Great  Mosque  was  founded  by  the  first  Islamic  ruler  of  the 
Iberian  Peninsula,  'Abd  al-Rahman  I,  a  member  of  the 
Umayyad  Dynasty  of  Syria.  Scholars  have  noted  how  the 
Mosque's  prayer  hall,  with  its  seemingly  Infinite  rows  of 
spoliated  columns  and  capitals  surmounted  by  double  arch- 
es, fuses  visual  references  to  the  transplanted  dynasty's 
Syrian  Identity  (the  alternating  red  and  white  voussoirs  for 
instance)  with  local  Roman  and  Late  Antique  materials  and 
techniques  (particularly  the  horseshoe  arch)  (Figs.  3  &  4). 


Considered  a  wonder  of  the  medieval  world  by  both 
Muslims  and  Christians,  the  Great  Mosque  was  the  center- 
piece of  Cordoba,  one  of  the  most  important  urban  centers 
of  the  medieval  Mediterranean. 

The  Castilian  forces  of  the  reconquista  conquered  Cordoba 
in  1236,  although  the  city  was  already  greatly  diminished 
by  the  political  turmoil  that  followed  the  disintegration  of 
the  central  Umayyad  government  in  the  eleventh  century. 
Despite  Cordoba's  impoverished  state,  its  status  as  the  for- 
mer capital  of  al-Andalus  lent  the  city's  conquest  by  the 
Castllians  great  symbolic  significance.  The  Importance  of 
this  victory  is  demonstrated  by  Ferdinand  III  of  Castile's 
consecration  of  the  entire  structure  of  the  Great  Mosque  as 
the  cathedral  of  Santa  Maria  Mayor  immediately  after  tak- 
ing the  city.  As  the  repository  of  an  important  Muslim  relic, 
the  Great  Mosque  of  Cordoba  was  one  of  the  holiest  and 
most  venerable  of  Muslim  sites,  and  its  importance  tran- 
scended the  boundaries  of  al-Andalus. ^ 

The  Castllians  who  settled  in  Cordoba  following  the  recon- 
quista apparently  had  no  qualms  about  worshipping  in  the 
mosque.  During  the  three  hundred  years  in  which  Christians 
worshipped  there,  an  agglomeration  of  small  chapels  and 
altars  erected  around  the  perimeter  of  the  former  prayer  hall 
constituted  the  main  additions  to  the  building.  The  additions 
were  even  articulated  using  the  same  basic  architectural 
and  decorative  forms  which  had  characterized  the  mosque 
from  Its  inception,  though  with  the  addition  of  figural  sculp- 
ture. 


ANDERSON,'    19 


A  turning  point  In  the  history  of  the  building  as  a  site  of 
Christian  worship  came  In  1523  when  the  Bishop  and 
Canons  of  the  Cordoba  Cathedral  proposed  to  construct  a 
new  church  within  the  former  mosque.  The  proposal  initiat- 
ed a  controversy  that  placed  church  officials  at  odds  with 
the  Cordoban  town  council.  Part  of  the  impetus  for  the  proj- 
ect proposed  by  the  Cordoban  Bishop  was  no  doubt  a  desire 
to  compete  with  more  than  a  century's  worth  of  construc- 
tion at  the  new  cathedral  In  nearby  Seville. 

The  conquest  of  Seville  by  the  Castilian  forces  in  1248, 
twelve  years  after  the  conquest  of  Cordoba,  followed  the 
same  pattern  of  appropriation  and  adaptation  as  at 
Cordoba.  After  the  conquest  of  Seville,  the  city's  Great 
Mosque,  an  enormous  hypostyle  mosque  and  courtyard 
constructed  in  the  twelfth  century,  was  consecrated  as  the 
Cathedral  of  Santa  Maria  de  la  Asuncion.  Like  the  Mosque 
at  Cordoba,  Seville's  new  Christian  congregation  used  the 
former  mosque  with  minimal  alterations  for  many  years. 
Extensive  earthquake  damage  in  the  fourteenth  century, 
however,  necessitated  rebuilding.  Over  the  course  of  the  fif- 


teenth century,  the  remains  of  Seville's  Great  Mosque  were 
systematically  destroyed  to  make  way  for  a  new  Gothic 
cathedral,  the  plan  of  which  followed  the  enormous  foot- 
print of  the  former  mosque's  prayer  hall.  Seville's  new 
cathedral  was  a  powerful  emblem  of  the  city's  newly  accu- 
mulated wealth,  derived  from  commercial  ventures  In  the 
Americas,  and  the  cathedral's  dominating  presence  in  the 
city  was  a  reminder  of  the  religious  and  political  status  it 
enjoyed  as  arch-episcopate  and  the  recipient  of  royal 
patronage.  Seville's  new  cathedral  was  virtually  completed 
by  1523,  when  the  Bishop  and  Canons  proposed  their  proj- 
ect for  the  Cordoba  mosque-cathedral.  The  work  at  Seville 
was  no  doubt  present  in  the  mind  of  the  Bishop  of  Cordoba 
and  the  Canons  when  they  proposed  to  construct  a  new 
church. 

The  proposal  was  not  well  received  in  Cordoba,  however, 
where  there  were  no  pressing  structural  reasons  to  replace 
the  celebrated  structure.  Indeed,  a  Cordoban  civic  council 
intervened  in  the  fledgling  undertaking,  ordering  the  project 
to  a  halt.  The  seriousness  of  the  opposition  to  the  destruc- 
tion of  the  former  Great  Mosque  was  unequivocal;  the 
Council  threatened  capital  punishment  to  anyone  who 
altered  the  structure  of  the  former  mosque  in  any  way  until 
the  matter  was  resolved.  In  an  attempt  to  preserve  the 
existing  structure,  the  Council  appealed  to  Charles  V  to 
ensure  the  survival  of  their  "singular  and  most  celebrated 
antique  building. "^  Without  ever  actually  laying  eyes  on  the 
building,  Charles  V  sided  with  the  Bishop  and  Canons'  in 
favor  of  a  new  church,  and  a  new  main  chapel  [capitta 
mayor)  was  constructed  within  the  existing  structure. 
Unlike  the  additions  which  had  characterized  the  previous 
generations  of  Christian  intervention,  the  project  endorsed 


50  /ANDERSON 


by  Charles  V  was  dramatic  in  its  invasiveness;  to  all  appear- 
ances an  entire  Gothic  cathedral  was  inserted  into  the  very 
heart  of  the  former  prayer  hall.  In  order  to  accommodate  the 
new  capilla  mayor,  sections  of  the  ninth-  and  tenth-century 
additions  to  the  prayer  hall  were  demolished,  and  the  dou- 
ble arcades  of  the  hypostyle  interior  were  filled  with  panels 
of  relief  sculpture  to  define  the  chapel  walls.  In  plan,  the 
new  chapel  disrupts  the  illusion  of  the  endless  "forest  of 
columns"  which  had  formerly  characterized  the  interior 
space,  and  the  soaring  elevation  of  the  addition  dramatical- 
ly changed  both  the  way  the  mosque  was  experienced  as  a 
ritual  space  and  the  way  in  which  the  total  architectural 
composition  was  viewed  from  outside.  When  Charles  V  vis- 
ited Cordoba  in  1526  to  assess  the  results  of  his  support, 
his  reaction  was  famously  unenthusiastic.  "If  I  had  known 
your  intentions,"  he  allegedly  commented,  "you  would  not 
have  done  this.  You  desired  what  could  have  been  con- 
structed anywhere,  but  here  you  had  that  which  was 
unique  in  the  world."'' 

Project  Two:  The  Two  Palaces 
Despite  his  denunciation  of  the  addition  to  the  Great 
Mosque  of  Cordoba  accomplished  under  his  authority, 
Charles  almost  immediately  initiated  another  project  at  the 
Alhambra.  Founded  in  the  thirteenth  century  by  the  Nasrid 
dynasty,    the    last    of    the    Islamic    rulers    on    the    Iberian 


Peninsula,  the  Alhambra  was  a  complete  palatine  city  com- 
posed of  a  fortress,  baths,  mosques,  industrial  areas,  and  a 
number  of  gardens  and  palaces  (Fig.  5).  Whereas  the  Great 
Mosque  of  Cordoba  ushered  in  the  Peninsula's  Islamic  era, 
the  Alhambra  witnessed  its  end.  As  the  site  from  which  the 
last  Nasrid  Sultan  was  exiled  from  the  Iberian  Peninsula  by 
the  Castilian  monarchs  Ferdinand  and  Isabella  in  1492,  the 
Alhambra  became  the  focus  of  great  nostalgia  for  what  was 
perceived  as  the  vanished  glory  of  the  Peninsula's  Islamic 
past.  The  Alhambra  has  acquired  layered  meanings  for 
those  who  appropriated  it  and  those  who  visited  it  which 
are  usually  associated  with  the  perceived  glory  of  the 
Islamic  past,  or  the  significance  of  the  Christian  conquest  of 
the  Peninsula. 

Ferdinand  and  Isabella,  the  rulers  of  the  newly  unified 
Peninsula  and  the  grandparents  of  Charles  V,  appropriated 
the  Alhambra  as  their  administrative  and  residential  center. 
They  adopted  Nasrid  court  practices  and  even  stipulated 
that  the  Alhambra  be  preserved  as  a  national  monument. 5 
Charles  was  also  struck  by  the  Alhambra,  since  he  purport- 
edly exclaimed  upon  seeing  it,  "Unhappy  is  he  who  lost  all 
this!"^  Charles  visited  Granada  in  1526,  the  same  year  in 
which  he  viewed  the  new  chapel  in  Cordoba  and  initiated  a 
project  to  construct  a  new  palace  within  the  Nasrid  citadel. 
However,    escalating   tensions   with   the   Ottoman   Empire, 


ANDERSON/  51 


France,  and  the  papacy  forced  him  to  plan  the  new  project 
through  correspondence  with  Spanish  collaborators  familiar 
with  the  Alhambra  site7 

In  1527,  while  on  the  military  campaign  which  ended  in  the 
disastrous  Sack  of  Rome,  Charles  V  received  a  preliminary 
proposal  for  the  new  palace  — a  freestanding,  square,  sym- 
metrical structure  with  a  round  interior  courtyard,  first  con- 
ceived as  a  small  residential  villa.  Though  this  basic  formu- 
la was  maintained  in  the  imposing  structure  eventually  con- 
structed, Charles  insisted  on  the  accommodation  of  admin- 
istrative functions  within  the  new  building,  thus  changing 
its  character  from  private  royal  residence  to  bureaucratic 
center  and  necessitating  the  destruction  of  parts  of  the 
Islamic  complex. 8  The  massive  scale  of  Charles'  new 
palace,  the  severe  geometry  of  the  circle-within-a  square 
plan,  and  the  almost  unadorned  forms  are  rendered  all  the 
more  vivid  when  juxtaposed  with  the  intimate  scale  and 
ornamental  richness  of  the  Nasrid  palaces  located  just  steps 
away. 


Interpreting  the  Projects 

Charles  V's  involvement  with  the  new  chapel  at  the  Great 
Mosque  of  Cordoba  and  the  new  palace  at  the  Alhambra 
signals  a  departure  from  previous  Christian  patronage  at  the 
two  Islamic  monuments.  How  are  we  to  interpret  this  shift? 
The  answer  hinges  on  the  relationship  between  Charles  V 
and  Spain,  and  the  political  tensions  between  Western 
Europe  and  the  Ottoman  Empire  which  characterized  his 
reign.  Part  of  what  distinguished  Charles'  reign  as  Holy 
Roman  Emperor  from  those  of  his  predecessors  was  the 
tangible  wealth  that  he  derived  from  his  power  base  in 
Spain,  the  most  powerful  of  the  Western  European  coun- 
tries at  the  time.  Charles  V  dominates  much  of  the  history 
of  sixteenth-century  Western  Europe.  The  material  and  mil- 
itary benefits  derived  from  his  Spanish  crown  and  the  polit- 
ical power  he  wielded  as  Archduke  of  Germany  and  Holy 
Roman  Emperor  place  him  as  the  key  player  of  events  asso- 
ciated with  the  increasingly  powerful  Ottoman  Empire,  the 
rise  of  Protestantism,  the  Sack  of  Rome,  and  the  revolt 
within  his  Spanish  kingdom.  As  Holy  Roman  Emperor, 
Charles  was  at  the  forefront  of  European  attempts  to  stave 


52  /ANDERSON 


off  the  Ottoman  Empire.  The  increasing  power  of  the 
Ottomans  was  accompanied  by  a  new  tide  of  European  hos- 
tility toward  Islam,  as  the  advance  of  Ottoman  troops  into 
Europe  seemed  to  signal  the  impending  conquest  of  west- 
ern Christendom.  The  1520s,  when  the  projects  at  the 
Great  Mosque  of  Cordoba  and  the  Alhambra  were  initiated, 
were  the  most  turbulent  years  of  the  sixteenth  century;  the 
additions  to  the  two  venerable  Islamic  monuments  convey 
much  of  the  tension  Europeans  felt  about  Islam,  as  well  as 
the  European  ambivalence  about  the  material  remains  of  the 
Islamic  past  with  which  they  were  confronted  on  the  Iberian 
Peninsula. 

In  1  527,  the  same  year  in  which  he  began  corresponding  on 
the  specifics  of  his  new  palace  at  the  Alhambra,  Charles' 
imperial  troops  sacked  Rome.  This  event  was  stimulated  in 
part  by  the  complex  political  maneuverings  of  Charles  him- 
self, the  Pope,  and  the  kings  of  France  and  England. ^ 
Charles'  army  spared  Florence  from  the  looting  which  was 
considered  a  victorious  army's  due,  but  could  not  be 
stopped  from  pillaging  the  papal  city.  As  Holy  Roman 
Emperor,  Charles'  first  duty  was  to  defend  Christianity.  The 
attack  on  Rome  by  a  Christian  army,  in  light  of  the  Ottoman 
threat,  is  indicative  of  the  troubles  that  plagued  Western 
Europe  and  its  Church.  The  rise  of  Martin  Luther  also 
seemed  to  signal  a  crumbling  from  within  at  a  time  when 
Christian  Europe  needed  a  unified  front  to  withstand  the 
Ottoman  forces.  Accompanying  the  rising  political  tension, 
malicious  stereotypes  about  Muslims  that  had  originated  in 
the  Middle  Ages  proved  astoundingly  tenacious  and  were 
repeated  in  sixteenth-century  literature.  One  such  work, 
composed  under  the  patronage  of  Charles  V  himself,  used 
established  stereotypes  in  descriptions  of  the  Ottoman 
Turks  as  vicious  rapists  who  preyed  on  innocents,  virgins, 
married  women,  widows,  and  orphans,  and  who  desecrat- 
ed religious  images. '°  Europeans  worried  that  the  Spanish 
Muslims  might  join  the  Turks  or  the  Syrians  in  an  attempt 
to  overthrow  Christian  rule,  creating  a  strained  religious  and 
cultural  atmosphere  in  sixteenth-century  Spain. 

However,  anti-Muslim  sentiment  constituted  only  one  part 
of  the  socio-cultural  context  that  underlies  the  changes 
made  to  the  former  Islamic  sites  in  the  sixteenth-century. 
Local  competition  also  informed  the  creation  of  the  addi- 
tions: in  the  case  of  the  Great  Mosque,  the  desire  of  the 
local  Bishop  and  Canons  to  vie  with  nearby  wealthy  Seville 
must  have  been  a  factor  in  the  campaign  for  an  updated 
church.  Similarly,  the  architectural  style  embodied  by  the 
High    Renaissance   buildings  — such   as   Donate   Bramante's 


centrally-planned  Tempietto  — associated  with  the  papal 
court,  must  have  provided  strong  motivations  in  the  con- 
ception of  the  new  palace  at  the  Alhambra  (Fig.  6).  In  addi- 
tion, the  palace  needed  to  accommodate  the  extensive 
court  associated  with  the  office  of  Holy  Roman  Emperor. 

Considering  the  religious  and  political  context  in  which 
Charles  V  was  embroiled,  the  dramatic  additions  to  the 
Great  Mosque  of  Cordoba  and  the  Alhambra,  with  their 
insistence  upon  Gothic  and  Renaissance  forms,  are  emphat- 
ic architectural  statements  about  the  desire  of  sixteenth- 
century  Christian  Europe  to  control  the  past  and,  by  exten- 
sion their  stand  against  the  rise  of  the  Ottoman  Empire.  Yet, 
the  sixteenth-century  additions,  when  viewed  in  tandem 
with  their  Islamic  contexts,  also  convey  a  deep  ambivalence 
about  the  Islamic  monuments  on  the  part  of  the  projects' 
patrons  and  the  local  communities  who  identified  deeply 
with  the  monuments  despite  their  Islamic  history.  In  fact, 
the  extent  to  which  the  Islamic  origins  of  the  monuments 
were  present  in  the  minds  of  the  communities  who  used 
them  IS  not  clear.  Surely,  the  importance  of  the  monuments 
stemmed  from  the  layers  of  meaning  and  memory  acquired 
during  their  posx-reconquista  appropriation  by  new  commu- 
nities of  users  and  patrons,  more  than  any  conception  of 
the  monuments'  Islamic  history. 

I  have  already  noted  Charles  V's  celebrated  preference  for 
the  Great  Mosque  of  Cordoba  before  the  insertion  of  the 
new  capilla  mayor.  And,  like  many  other  Europeans  who 
visited  the  Alhambra  in  the  sixteenth  century,  Charles  also 
clearly  admired  the  Nasrid  palaces.  He  was  particularly 
attracted  to  the  Court  of  the  Lions  and  insisted  that  the  new 
palace  be  sited  in  a  way  that  would  allow  him  immediate 
access  to  it  from  his  private  apartments,  although  the  con- 
figuration he  desired  would  have  necessitated  the  destruc- 
tion of  the  Alhambra  Church  (again,  a  former  mosque)  of 
Santa  Maria  del  Alhambra. '^  The  local  Christian  population 
strongly  opposed  the  destruction  of  the  mosque-turned- 
church:  when  Charles  requested  that  the  archbishop  of 
Granada  deconsecrate  the  site  to  allow  for  construction,  the 
archbishop  responded  that  such  authority  rested  with  the 
Pope  alone,  and  further  admonished  Charles  V  with  the 
examples  of  Constantine  and  Theodosius,  Roman  emperors 
who  had  given  their  palaces  to  the  Church.  Considering  the 
recent  Sack  of  Rome  by  Charles'  army,  the  Pope  was 
unwilling  to  deconsecrate  the  site.  Charles  finally  accepted 
the  impossibility  of  building  the  new  palace  immediately 
adjacent  to  the  Court  of  the  Lions  and  the  project  was  able 
to  proceed.  Remarkably,  Charles'  willingness  to  destroy  a 


ANDERSON/  53 


church  and  to  suffer  the  disapproval  of  the  Christian  com- 
munity merely  to  gain  greater  proximity  to  the  Court  of  the 
Lions  resulted  in  a  four-year  delay  in  construction  of  his  new 
palace. 

The  European  valorization  of  Islamic  material  culture,  includ- 
ing architecture,  in  the  sixteenth  century  was  of  course  not 
a  new  phenomenon,  but  the  continuation  of  a  long-estab- 
lished pattern.  Beginning  in  the  Middle  Ages  the  Church  put 
Islamic  luxury  goods,  especially  textiles  and  objects  of  rock 
crystal  and  precious  metal  to  liturgical  use.  Saints'  relics 
were  often  wrapped  in  Islamic  textiles,  even  in  fragments 
woven  with  passages  from  the  Koran,  and  the  use  of  psue- 
do-Kufic  calligraphy  in  paintings  of  the  Madonna  and  Child 
became  common. i3  Such  instances  of  Christian  adaptation 
of  Islamic  material  culture  are  sometimes  simply  dismissed 
as  polemical  statements  of  Christian  conquest  of  Islam,  but 
clearly  such  appropriations  demonstrate,  as  the  sixteenth- 
century  additions  to  the  Great  Mosque  of  Cordoba  and  the 
Alhambra  do,  the  ambivalence  surrounding  architecture, 
religion,  politics,  and  identity  that  underlay  the  appropriation 


of  Islamic  objects  by  sixteenth-century  Christian  Europeans. 
Despite  the  political  tension  between  Western  Europe  and 
the  Ottoman  Empire  in  the  sixteenth  century,  the  reactions 
of  Charles  V  and  those  who  lived  with  and  used  the  monu- 
ments indicate  that  to  summarize  the  additions  to  the  reli- 
gious structures  as  the  architectural  embodiments  of  anti- 
Muslim  polemic,  as  we  might  instinctively  do,  is  too  sim- 
plistic. At  the  very  least,  such  an  interpretation  is  but  one 
part  of  a  larger  and  more  complex  array  of  meanings  which 
can  be  attached  to  the  monuments  following  the  later  addi- 
tions. The  sixteenth-century  changes  may  be  best  under- 
stood as  a  way  in  which  Charles  V  and  the  Bishop  and 
Canons  of  Cordoba  preserved  monuments  which  they  val- 
ued despite  any  evocation  of  the  Islamic  past  or  Muslim  cul- 
ture which  the  buildings  might  have  conveyed.  The  addi- 
tions at  the  Great  Mosque  of  Cordoba  and  the  Alhambra 
also  provided  a  way  for  the  Christian  rulers  to  distance 
themselves  from  and  to  disrupt  the  cultural  continuity 
which  these  two  most  celebrated  Islamic  monuments  of  the 
Iberian  Peninsula  represented  in  the  sixteenth  century. 


51  /ANDERSON 


Notes 

1  In  rethinking  the  assumptions  I  made  about  this  topic  in  my  M.A  thesis,  from 
which  this  article  is  drawn,  I  benefited  from  many  conversations  with  several 
members  of  HTC  at  MIT.  I  would  especially  like  to  thank  Howayda  al-Harithy, 
David  Friedman,  Michele  Lamprakos,  and  Kathy  Wheeler-Borum  for  generously 
sharing  their  thoughts  and  advice. 

2  Jerrilynn  D,  Dodds,  "The  Great  Mosque  of  Cordoba,"  in  al-Andalus:  The  Art 
of  Islamic  Spain  (New  York:  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art  and  Patronato  de  la 
Alhambra,  1992),  1 1-26;  Nuha  Khoury,  "The  meaning  of  the  Great  Mosque  of 
Cordoba  in  the  tenth  century,"  Muqarnas  13  (19961:  80-98. 

3  Luis  Marfa  Ramirez  y  las  Casas-Deza,  Corografia  Historico-Estadistica  de  la 
Pfovincia  y  Obispado  de  Cordoba,  Vol,  2,  edited  by  Antonio  Lopez  Ontiveros 
(Cordoba:  Publicaciones  del  Monte  de  Piedad  y  Caja  de  Ahorros  de  Cordoba. 
19861.  458.  Dodds,  "Great  Mosque,"  24-25. 

4  Casas-Deza.  459- 

5  Ibid.,  458-59. 

6  Jonathan  Brown.  "Spain  in  the  Age  of  Exploration:  Crossroads  of  Artistic 
Cultures,"  Circa  1492.  edited  by  Jay  A  Levenson  (New  Haven;  Yale  University 
Press.  1991),  41-49. 

7  Karl  Baedeker,  Spain  and  Portugal,  Handbook  for  Travelers,  fourth  edition 
(Leipsic:  Karl  Baedeker.   1913),  349. 

8  For  a  discussion  of  the  figures  involved  in  the  complex  building  history  of  the 
palace,  see  Earl  Rosenthal,  The  Palace  of  Charles  V  in  Granada  (Princeton: 
Princeton  University  Press,  1985),  3-21 .  For  an  analysis  of  Machuca's  paintings 
see  Rosenthal,  223-235;  for  Luis  Hurtado  Mendoza's  background  and  classical 
interests  see  Rosenthal,  7-10. 


9  Ibid.,  23-27. 

10  Andre  Chastel,  The  Sack  of  Rome.  1527,  translated  by  Beth  Archer 
(Princeton:  Princeton  University  Press,  1977}, 

1  1  John  S.  Geary,  "Arredondo's  Castillo  inexpugnable  de  la  fee:  Anti-Islamic 
Propaganda  in  the  Age  of  Charles  V,"  Medieval  Christian  Perceptions  of  Islam. 
edited  by  John  V.  Tolan  (NY:  Garland  Publishing.  Inc.,  19961,  291-312. 

12  Ibid.,  35-42. 

13  Oleg  Grabar,  "Islamic  Architecture  and  the  West  — Influences  and  Parallels," 
Islam  and  the  Medieval  West,  edited  by  Stanley  Ferber  (New  York;  University 
Art  Galleries,  1975).  Also  see  Vladimir  P.  Goss,  "Western  Architecture  and  the 
World  of  Islam,"  The  Meeting  of  Two  Worlds:  Cultural  Exchange  betv\/een  East 
and  West  during  the  Period  of  the  Crusades,  edited  by  Vladimir  P.  Goss 
(Kalamazoo:  Medieval  Institute  Publications,  Western  Michigan  University, 
1986),  361-376. 


Illustrations 

Fig.   1:  Court  of  the  Lions,  Alhambra. 

Fig.  2:  Great  Mosque  of  Cordoba,  plan  showing  the  vaulting  and  tracery  with 

the  sixteenth-century  addition  at  the  center. 

Fig,  3:  CapHla  Mayor  in  the  Great  Mosque,  dome. 

Fig.  4:  Great  Mosque  Prayer  Hall,  Cordoba. 

Fig,  5:  Alhambra  complex.  Palace  of  Charles  V  (circle-within-square  plan)  in  the 

center  with  the  Court  of  the  Myrtles  and  the  Court  of  the  Lions  in  the  north  and 

northeast  corner. 

Fig.  6:  Palace  of  Charles  V,  Granada, 


ANDERSON/  55 


NASSER    RABBAT 

IN    THE    BEGINNING    WAS 
ON    THE     IMAGE    OF    THE    TWO 
SANCTUARIES    OF     ISLAM 


THE    HOUSE: 
NOBLE 


Architecture  is  an  expansive  concept  with  multifarious  def- 
initions. It  Is  primarily  the  envelope  of  human  activities  and 
beliefs  expressed  diversely  depending  on  time,  culture,  envi- 
ronment, setting,  and  technical  capability.  But  It  Is  also  that 
branch  of  human  creativity  that  is  relied  upon  to  frame, 
embody,  and  preserve  memories.  Despite  Victor  Hugo's 
melancholy  proclamation,  ceci  tuera  cela,  suggesting  that 
printing  will  eliminate  architecture  as  the  carrier  of  memory, 
the  Interdependence  between  architecture  and  memory  has 
never  waned.  Nor  does  it  show  any  sign  of  weakening  in 
the  more  than  a  quarter  century  since  the  Introduction  of 
computers,  followed  by  telecommunication,  digitization, 
and  the  web.  In  fact,  recent  developments  in  the  study  of 
memory  have  focused  on  architecture  as  a  fertile  field  of 
investigation  Into  the  mechanisms  by  which  Individuals  as 
well  as  groups  create,  store,  retrieve,  and  manipulate  their 
memories.  Not  surprisingly,  the  connection  between  archi- 
tecture and  memory  has  not  been  more  effective  than  in 
two  of  the  most  primordial  and  intimate  of  architectural 
spaces:  the  house  and  the  temple.  And,  nowhere  has  the 
memorial  reciprocity  between  house  and  temple  been  more 
pronounced  than  In  the  two  foundational  Islamic  religious 
centers,  the  Ka'ba  in  Mecca  and  the  Mosque  of  the  Prophet 
in  Medina. 

Most  of  us  recognize  the  house  as  our  first  encounter  with 
architecture.  We  experience  It  with  our  senses  and  our  feel- 
ings: spatially,  visually,  viscerally,  verbally,  emotionally,  and 
Imaginatively.  It  Is  our  abode,  shelter,  place  of  residence, 
and  often  our  place  of  birth  or  death.  It  Is  the  center  of  our 
personal  and  familial  activities  and  the  shield  of  our  privacy 
and  intimacy.  We  live  within  its  walls,  under  its  roof,  pro- 
tected from  inclement  weather,  harsh  sunlight,  intrusive 
gaze,  and  unwelcome  transgressions  from  the  outside. 


Most  societies  have  developed  a  mental  image  of  the  house 
that  epitomizes  Its  essential  qualities  and  is  passed  on  to  all 
their  members.  We  all  have  seen  how  children  of  a  certain 
culture,  particular  climate,  or  social  milieu  tend  to  draw  the 
house  in  a  similar  fashion,  often  as  a  cube  or  a  rectangle  — 
the  perfect  shape  of  shelter  — pierced  by  windows  and 
doors,  and  sometimes  topped  with  some  l<ind  of  roof  (usu- 
ally a  gabled  roof  in  the  northern  climes).  But  this  is  a  gen- 
eral representation  of  the  house,  any  house,  as  the  collec- 
tive memory  of  society  has  imagined  It.  It  Is  not  yet  "my 
house."  For  a  house  to  be  my  house,  it  has  to  be  architec- 
turally and  perceptually  personalized.  It  has  to  encompass 
the  realm  of  my  private  and  intimate  life.  It  has  to  be  the 
repository  of  my  memories  and  those  that  I  share  with  my 
family,  friends,  and  relatives.  It  also  has  to  be  the  reminder 
of  my  most  significant  moments,  my  successes  and  fail- 
ures, my  bygone  years,  and  my  departed  loved  ones.  All  of 
these  feelings  have  to  be  inscribed  in  my  house's  forms  and 
spaces,  its  nooks  and  crannies,  its  details  and  furniture,  and 
have  to  remain  there  decipherable  only  to  me  and  to  those 
close  to  me.  My  house  also  has  to  evoke  the  same  sensa- 
tions that  I  once  experienced  while  inhabiting  it,  even 
though  the  events  and  environments  in  which  I  first  encoun- 
tered these  sensations  may  have  disappeared.  Furthermore, 
I  should  be  able  to  recall  these  memories  even  when  I  see 
my  house  In  my  mind's  eye,  speak  about  it  to  others  who 
do  not  know  it,  or  come  back  to  It  after  many  years  of 
absence.  This  is  precisely  the  unfettered  abundance  of 
meaning  that  architecture  possesses  and  manipulates.  In 
addition  to  the  collective  memory  that  begets  and  defines  it, 
architecture  has  the  capacity  to  absorb  and  convey  private 
meanings,  meanings  that  reflect  and  identify  Its  designers, 
owners,  viewers,  or  users. 


56    /RABBAT 


on  Earth.  According  to  different  legends,  it  was  based  on  a 
heavenly  model  and  created  prior  to  the  Earth  itself,  the 
angels  built  it  on  divine  order,  or  Adam,  the  first  man,  built 
it.  After  the  Deluge,  it  was  rebuilt  by  Abraham  and  his  son, 
Ishmael,  as  a  house  of  worship  for  the  one  God  but  was 
later  contaminated  by  polytheistic  practices.  The  Ka'ba  thus 
carried  primal  mystical  significance  and  primeval  memories 
that  were  reclaimed  by  Muhammad  during  his  prophetic 
mission,  and  which  culminated  in  his  triumphant  re-entry 
into  Mecca,  cleansing  the  Ka'ba  of  all  signs  of  polytheism. 
The  centrality  of  the  Ka'ba  was  ensconced  in  the  nascent 
Islamic  faith  through  its  declaration  as  the  qibia  (liturgical 
orientation)  towards  which  all  Muslims  should  pray  and  the 
institution  of  the  hajj  to  Mecca  — the  ritual  circumambulation 
of  the  Ka'ba  seven  times  — as  one  of  the  five  fundamental 
Pillars  of  Islam.  Scholarly  treatises  and  folkloric  narratives 
later  elaborated  on  these  initial  functions  which  endowed 
every  detail  of  the  Ka'ba  and  its  surroundings  with  a  host 
of  cultic  meanings  and  religio-historic  importance. 


Architectural  types  vary  in  their  ability  to  accommodate 
memories.  Some  are  believed  to  be  more  capacious  than 
others,  but  there  is  a  commonly  accepted  correlation 
between  the  monumental  and  the  memorial.  Large,  lofty, 
and  complex  buildings  tend  to  command  an  excess  of 
meaning  that  cannot  be  filled  with  their  direct  and  inten- 
tional functions  and  intents.  The  memorial  surplus  is  usual- 
ly consumed  by  symbolic,  ideological,  emotional,  intellectu- 
al, or  private  references.  Most  celebrated  national  and  reli- 
gious monuments  take  advantage  of  this  established  corre- 
spondence between  grandeur  and  remembrance  to  con- 
struct their  messages.  But  this  is  only  one  type  of  significa- 
tion in  memorial  architecture  — and  the  most  obvious  and 
direct  one  at  that.  A  more  mature  architecture  does  not 
depend  for  its  meanings  on  elaborate  designs,  large  spaces, 
precious  materials,  or  extensively  circumscribed  signs  and 
relics.  This  artful  architecture  evokes  the  memories 
attached  to  it  but  does  not  fix  them.  It  consciously  mani- 
fests ample  possibilities  of  nonspecific  functions  and  mean- 
ings in  its  forms  and  spaces  so  that  the  individual  can  make 
it  his  or  her  own  architecture,  the  milieu  of  his  or  her  own 
memories,  while  it  retains  its  initial  role  as  the  repository  of 
collective  meanings  and  memories. 

The  Ka'ba  in  Mecca  displays  these  attributes  as  well  as 
some  more  potent  ones  for  it  serves  as  the  Omphalos  of  the 
Earth  according  to  Islamic  cosmology  (Fig.  1|.  It  is  an 
ancient  cubical  stone  building  with  no  definitive  origin.  The 
Koran  (3:961  calls  it  the  first  "House  of  God"  IBayt  Allah) 


But  the  Ka'ba,  by  virtue  of  its  simple,  hollow,  and 
unadorned  form  — which  seems  to  have  changed  little 
despite  its  having  been  built  five  times  in  the  first  Islamic 
century  — is  also  at  once  the  most  ideal  space  for  the 
embodiment  of  abstract  concepts  and  the  best  receptacle  of 
individual  memories.  Despite  its  immutability  as  the 
axiomatic  symbol  of  Islamic  cosmogony,  the  Ka'ba  is  the 
perfect  crystallization  of  the  most  elementary  notion  of  the 
house  Ibayt)  as  imagined  by  most  people:  the  cube,  the 
most  earthly  of  the  basic  geometric  forms  as  opposed  to  the 
sphere,  the  most  celestial  of  them.  The  Ka'ba  (which  is  pho- 
netically suggestive  of  the  English  word  "cube"  although 
they  belong  to  different  families  of  languages)  is  thus  akin 
to  the  original  house.  It  carries  in  its  cubicalness  the  most 
fundamental  recollections  of  home  as  they  have  been 
imbedded  in  the  depth  of  human  collective  memory  since 
people  began  to  settle  down,  build  houses,  and  live  togeth- 
er in  kinship-based  communities. 

Whence  comes  the  symbolic,  supra-religious  omnipotence 
of  the  Ka'ba.  With  its  familiar  and  supremely  memorial 
form,  containing  within  its  neat  contour  universal  signs 
related  to  the  upbringing  of  the  individual  in  a  protective 
shelter  with  a  loving  family,  the  Ka'ba  invites  its  visitor  to 
indulge  memories  of  his/her  own  house.  It  ingratiates  itself 
to  the  visitor  as  a  private,  warm,  and  familiar  space 
although  it  never  loses  either  its  essential  significance  as 
the  congregational  center  of  the  Islamic  nation  or  the  focus 
of  Its  transcendental  connection  with  heaven.  This  Is  the 


RABBAT/    57 


reason  for  the  Ka'ba's  success  as  a  memorial  structure.  It 
Is  both  the  original  House  of  God,  which  is  the  locus  of 
human  veneration  as  postulated  by  Islamic  theology,  and 
the  ultimate  reminder  of  both  the  ubiquitous  and  particular 
house  imagined  by  most  people.  It  is  the  unique  proof  of  a 
link  to  the  heavenly  realm  and  an  intimate  human  meta- 
form.  It  represents  Islamic  collective  memory  in  its  most 
inclusive  and  universal  form,  and  it  serves  as  the  referent  to 
the  private,  individualized,  and  fuzzy  memory  of  one's  own 
home.  Perhaps  this  is  why  the  Ka'ba  has  rarely  been  copied 
in  Islamic  architectural  history;  its  recent  imitators  — notably 
in  Dacca,  Bangladesh  — have  failed  to  endow  their  model 
with  the  same  kind  of  significance  which  the  original  so 
effortlessly  imparts  to  its  visitors.  Its  inimitability  lies  in  the 
unique  memory  it  embodies. 

The  Mosque  of  the  Prophet  in  Medina  is  diametrically 
opposed  in  conception  to  the  Ka'ba.  The  Mosque  of  the 
Prophet  is  physically  and  liturgically  attached  to  his  house 
and  was  similarly  venerated  by  Muslims  since  the  beginning 
of  Islam  (Fig.  2).  However,  it  was  meant  to  be  mundane, 
social,  and  public  and  to  mark  the  establishment  of  the 
Islamic  polity  under  the  authority  of  its  leader  Muhammad 


and  its  constitution,  the  Koran.  A  simple  open  and  rectan- 
gular court  bordered  on  the  north  and  south  by  rudimenta- 
ry hypostyle  halls,  the  Mosque  accommodated  several  func- 
tions. It  was  the  House  of  the  Nation  (Bayt  al-Umma),  a  site 
of  worship,  an  agora,  a  courthouse,  a  learning  center,  and 
a  refuge  for  the  poor,  homeless,  and  destitute.  But  what 
lent  the  Mosque  its  fundamental  and  unique  significance 
and  ensured  its  lasting  remembrance  was  first  and  foremost 
its  contiguity  to  the  House  of  the  Prophet  iBayt  al-RasuD  — 
a  measly  row  of  shacks  on  one  side  of  the  Mosque,  each 
housing  one  wife.  The  adjacency  of  the  house  imbued  the 
Mosque  with  the  personal  and  intimate  aspects  of  the 
Prophet's  life,  constituting  the  ideal  life  depicted  in  sunna 
(traditions  of  the  Prophet)  compilations  and  considered  by 
every  pious  Muslim  as  the  moral  and  behavioral  example  to 
follow. 

The  Mosque  of  the  Prophet  was  fast  duplicated  and  repro- 
duced during  the  first  Islamic  century  in  numerous  congre- 
gational mosques  in  Arabia,  Palestine,  Syria,  Egypt,  Iraq, 
Yemen,  North  Africa,  Spain,  and  Iran.  Copies  of  the 
prophetic  archetype,  however,  were  not  based  solely  on 
ideal  and  memorial  values:  they  were  also  consequences  of 


58    ,'RABBAT 


the  Mosque  of  the  Prophet's  near-perfect  assimilation  of  the 
religious,  political,  and  social  needs  of  the  first  Islamic  com- 
munities. The  early  mosques  were  all  effectively  used  as  the 
centers  of  Islamic  life  in  both  newly  founded  and  conquered 
cities. 

In  time,  the  House  of  the  Prophet  was  absorbed  into  the 
continuously  expanding  mosque  to  accommodate  the 
increasing  flow  of  visitors.  In  one  of  the  rooms  of  the  House 
of  the  Prophet,  Muhammad  and  his  close  companions  and 
immediate  successors  Abu  Bakr  and  Omar  were  entombed. 
The  entire  complex  became  secondary  only  to  the  Ka'ba  as 
a  site  of  visitation  during  the  hajj.  Subsequently,  the  memo- 
rial, symbolic,  and  functional  properties  of  the  original  struc- 
ture became  assimilated  with  the  collective  consciousness 
of  the  growing  Islamic  nation,  pointing  to  the  memory  of  the 
founder  of  Islam  and  the  organization  of  his  divinely  inspired 
and  well-guided  community.  The  copies  of  the  Mosque  of 
the  Prophet  had  to  subsume  these  transformations 
although,  unlike  their  archetype,  they  contained  no  prophet- 
ic relics  or  spatial  memories  of  the  Prophet.  Instead,  they 
became  the  architectural  signs  of  the  nation's  yearning  to 
recapture  the  Golden  Age  of  the  Prophet  and  to  reenact  his 
communal  model.  Even  the  liturgical  elements  that  became 
essential  features  of  every  mosque  by  the  end  of  the  first 
Islamic  century  — the  minaret,  mihrab,  and  minbar— had 
their  origins  in  some  initial  prototype  from  the  Prophet's 
Mosque.  The  institutionalization  of  the  elements  reinforced 
the  dual  functions  of  all  mosques,  regardless  of  exact  archi- 
tectural form:  to  remember  so  as  to  emulate  the  prophetic 
exemplar.  They  further  articulated  the  memorial  function 
through  the  specific  meanings  that  they  came  to  carry  as 
landmarks,  as  sites  of  ritual  services,  and  as  reminders  of 
the  first  instances  of  their  use  during  the  lifetime  of  the 
departed  and  beloved  founder,  the  Prophet  Muhammad. 


what  became  integral  to  Islam  and  Islamic  world  views  had 
its  first  test  run  before  being  incorporated  either  in  the  com- 
memorative rituals  of  the  ha/J  or  the  day-to-day  practices  of 
Muslims.  The  two  structures  struck  a  delicate  balance 
between  the  monumental  environments  of  collective  mem- 
ories and  the  warm,  intimate  spaces  of  personal  associa- 
tions and  remembrance.  What  is  more,  they  accomplished 
this  task  primarily  through  their  intelligently  referenced 
architecture.  By  formally  and  symbolically  alluding  to  proto- 
typical houses,  the  two  structures  enabled  the  individual  to 
form  personal  connections  to  them  (complete  with  private 
images  and  fantasies)  without  losing  an  iota  of  their  reli- 
gious and  cosmological  hold  on  the  Islamic  collective  con- 
sciousness. The  Ka'ba  and  the  Mosque  of  the  Prophet 
enriched  their  attendant  abstract  and  enigmatic  meanings 
by  imbuing  them  with  the  universal  and  serene  connota- 
tions of  the  house;  as  a  result,  they  succeeded  in  bringing 
hallowed  concepts  down  to  the  level  of  the  lived  and  the 
tangibility  of  everyday  life. 

No  doubt,  this  is  why  these  two  primordial  houses  have 
become  the  subjects  of  intense  acts  of  private  devotion  and 
commemoration.  Countless  Muslims  communicate  with  the 
buildings  in  highly  personal  ways.  They  imagine  them  as 
familiar  forms,  dream  about  visiting  them,  experience  a  cer- 
tain pious  rapture  when  they  see  them,  remember  them 
passionately  after  their  visit,  and  try  to  recapture  their 
impressions  of  them  lyrically  and  pictorially.  By  means  of 
these  sensory  or  pictorial  experiences,  the  Ka'ba  and  the 
Mosque  of  the  Prophet  have  transcended  their  communal 
and  cosmological  meanings  to  penetrate  the  inner  circles  of 
the  individual's  mental  space,  lodged  there  as  private  and 
privately  cherished  memories.  This,  in  my  opinion,  is  the 
noblest  achievement  to  which  architecture  can  aspire. 


The  Ka'ba  and  the  Mosque  of  the  Prophet  were  the  sites  of 
epochal  events  in  early  Islamic  history,  thus  endowing  the 
buildings  with  powerful  meanings  which  became  deeply 
rooted  in  Islamic  collective  memory.  In  addition,  the  two 
houses   were   the   foundational   loci  upon   which   much   of 


Illustrations 

Ftg,  1:  The  Ka'ba,  Mecca. 

Fig,  2:  The  Mosque  of  the  Prophet,  Medina. 


RABBAT/    59 


CAGLA    HADIMIOGLU 

BETWEEN    PRAYERS: 

PROSCRIBED    SCENES    FROM    A    HISTORIC    MONUMENT 


11 


The  twenty  minutes  of  edited  video  footage  from  the  fourteenth-century  congregational  Mosque  of  Yazd  in  Iran  engages  Henri 
Lefebvre's  definition  of  a  monument  as: 

determined  by  what  may  take  place  there  and  consequently  by  what  may  not  take  place  there,  (prescribed/  pro- 
scribed, scene/obscene)  J 

Proscribed  activities  do  take  place  at  the  Mosque,  but  they  are  transgressive.  I  chose  to  shoot  and  edit  the  communal,  non- 
ritual  activities  of  the  Mosque  — the  activities  which  occur  "between  prayers"  — and  I  privileged  moments  of  authority  and 
transgression,  work  and  play.  The  caretakers,  the  regulators  of  the  space,  constitute  almost  archetypal  figures  of  authority 
controlling  what  is  allowed,  and  what  is  not,  while  children  and  young  men  are  figures  of  transgression,  animating  the  Mosque 
with  proscribed  activities. 


60  /HADIHIOGLU 


Neither  the  figures  of  authority  within  the  Mosque  nor  those  of  transgression  are  stable.  The  camera  participates  in  shifting 
the  activities  of  the  individual  from  prescribed  to  proscribed  or  vice  versa.  For  example,  I  had  requested  that  the  caretaker, 
All  Yarmir,  use  the  camera  to  record  his  favorite  places  in  the  Mosque;  he  unexpectedly  turned  the  lens  on  his  friend  in  imi- 
tation of  my  own  interviews.  AN,  operating  a  small  Hi-8  video  camera,  is  ridiculed  for  his  "play:"  "You're  very  busy?"  taunts 
his  friend,  "You're  shooting  film!" 


HADIHIOGLU/  61 


The  children,  although  proscribed  from  playing  in  the  Mosque  — "they  have  to  play  in  the  lane"  — play  carefree  in  several  spaces 
of  the  Mosque  including  the  mihrab  (two  girls  run  between  their  praying  mothers).  "Capturing"  such  behavior  prescribes  it  — 
the  children  are  validated  by  the  camera;  the  camera  also  discourages  the  caretakers  from  admonishment.  Focusing  study  on 
the  "obscene,"  by  definition,  renders  it  a  "scene." 


62  /HADIMIOGLU 


In  recording  the  prescribed  and  proscribed  functions  of  the  monument,  the  edited  video  also  highlights  what  is  generally  pro- 
scribed from  our  archival  practices.  Instead  of  constructing  a  "scene"  that  focuses  on  the  monument  as  a  built  artifact,  the 
video  presents  the  lived  occupation  of  the  Mosque  — what  would  conventionally  be  relegated  to  outside  the  camera's  frame 
or  edited  out  of  the  final  product.  As  such,  the  figures  of  authority,  the  caretakers,  and  the  figures  of  transgression,  the  chil- 
dren, stand  in  for  the  unstable  identity  of  the  scholar  herself. 


HADIMIOGLU/  63 


Although  I  ostensibly  present  the  edited  footage  in  an  academic  context,  as  a  "document"  of  study,  the  highlighted  instabil- 
ity of  authority  and  transgression  implies  the  instability  of  the  status  of  my  own  work.  The  incorporation  into  the  video  of 
footage  shot  by  the  Mosque's  regular  inhabitants  problematizes  my  "play"  as  an  outsider.  Yet,  the  disparate  quality  of  our 
images  and  the  respective  size  of  our  cameras  provide  evidence  of  my  own  apparent  "authority"  in  relation  to  these  local 
"authorities"  and  to  the  work.  Within  the  video,  my  work  is  explicitly  thrown  into  the  discourse  of  the  prescribed  and  pro- 
scribed activities  of  the  Mosque.  This  is  apparent  in  an  overheard  discussion  between  a  few  local  young  men  and  the  head 
caretaker,  Haji  Abbas: 


et  /HADIHIOGLU 


Mohammad  Reza:    She's  here  to  take  pictures  for  her  study,  is  there  anything  wrong  with  that?" 
Haji  Abbas:  "Yes  there's  something  wrong  with  that!" 

Ali  Reza:  "What?  What's  wrong?" 

Haji  Abbas:  "Don't  you  care  about  the  sanctity  of  the  mosque?  Is  it  a  mosque  or  is  it  a  cinema?" 

Is  it  a  mosque  or  is  it  an  exhibition  hall?  Is  it  a  mosque. ..or  is  it  a  school?" 

The  moving  image  as  a  form  of  knowledge  production  is  typically  marginalized  within  the  "discourses  of  sobriety"  which  they 
serve;  this  experiment,  situated  within  the  domain  of  architectural  history  and  theory,  constitutes  a  similarly  transgressive 
"play. "2  The  "sanctity  of  the  mosque"  to  which  Haji  Abbas  refers  might  stand  in  for  the  "sanctity"  of  scholarship  that  dic- 
tates propriety  in  representational  practice,  admitting  certain  mediums  and  excluding  others. 


HADIMIOGLU/  65 


Another  passage  from  Lefebvre  structures  the  edited  footage  as  well: 

Architecture  produces  living  bodies,  each  with  its  own  distinctive  traits.  The  animating  principle  of  such  a  body,  its 
presence,  is  neither  visible  nor  legible  as  such,  nor  is  it  the  object  of  any  discourse,  for  it  reproduces  itself  within 
those  who  use  the  space  in  question,  within  their  lived  experience.  Of  that  experience,  the  tourist,  the  passive  spec- 
tator, can  grasp  but  a  pale  shadow. 

The  final  sentence,  "Of  that  experience  the  tourist,  the  passive  spectator,  can  grasp  but  a  pale  shadow,"  concludes  the  work. 
Although  the  scholar,  clearly  an  outsider,  is  conflated  with  the  tourist,  she  is  incorporated  within  the  video  and  actively  par- 
ticipates in  grasping  shadows  (digital  encodings).  The  edited  video  offers  both  a  critique  of  how  we  conventionally  think  about 
architecture  and  represent  it,  effacing  the  practices  of  the  occupants,  and  offers  an  alternative,  albeit  imperfect,  and  one  of 
many  possibilities. 


56  /HADIMIOGLU 


Caretakers 
Also  Featuring 
Camera 


Editing 


All  Yarmjr  and  Haji  Abbas 

The  congregation  at  the  Mosque  of  Yazd 

Mohammad  Reza  Alvansaz 

C.  Hadimioglu 

All  Yarmir 

Hassan  YazdJ 

C.  Hadimioglu 


Translations  and  Interviews  in  Yazd 

Mehdi  Saeed  Shirazi 
Mozaffer  Davudi 

Translation  in  Boston        Mehdi  Yahyanejad 


Notes 

1  Henri  Lefebvre,    The  Production  of  Space,  translated  by  Donald   Nicholson- 
Smith  (Oxford.  UK:  Basil  Blackwell  Ltd.,  1991),  224. 

2  Bill    Nichols,    Representing   Reality   (Bloomington:    Indiana    University    Press. 
1991),  23,  Nichols  coins  the  phrase  "discourse  of  sobriety." 


HADIMIOGLU/  67 


68    /AKKACH 


SAMER    AKKACH 

RELIGIOUS    MAPPING 

AND    THE    SPATIALITY    OF    DIFFERENCE 


It  is  no  longer  a  question  of  either  maps  or  terri- 
tory. Something  has  disappeared:  the  sovereign 
difference  between  them  that  was  the  abstrac- 
tion's charm.  For  it  is  the  difference  which  forms 
the  poetry  of  the  map  and  the  charm  of  the  terri- 
tory, the  magic  of  the  concept  and  the  charm  of 
the  real. 
—  Jean  Baudrillard,  Simulations,  1983,  3. 

Driving  from  Boston  to  Montreal  and  Ottawa  for  the  first 
time,  I  was  taken  by  the  "charm  of  the  territory."  Yet,  I  was 
also  agitated  by  the  tension  between  the  map  and  the  terri- 
tory. The  map  helped  me  make  sense  of  the  new  territory, 
and  ultimately  find  my  way,  whereas  the  territory  kept 
resisting  the  mapping  conventions  and  challenging  my  read- 
ings, constantly  revealing  itself  in  surprisingly  different 
ways.  Losing  the  way  became  part  of  the  experience  that 
was  taxing  in  as  much  as  it  was  charming.  On  the  stretch- 
es of  highway,  I  wondered  what  it  would  have  been  like  to 
travel  without  a  map.  Or  with  a  map  of  inverted  orientation, 
as  the  medieval  Islamic  maps  (Fig.  1),  or  with  one  of 
Heinrich  Bunting's  sixteenth-century  maps  depicting  the  ter- 
ritory in  the  form  of  a  winged  stallion  or  a  crowned  woman 
(Figs.  2  &  3). 

Through  the  mediation  of  sophisticated  satellite  and  com- 
puter technologies,  we  now  assume  a  certain  real  and 
objective  relationship  between  the  map  and  the  territory 
and  we  see  the  stable  geography  of  the  earth  as  preceding 
the  map.  The  map  has  simply  become  an  abstraction  of  this 
non-negotiable  reality,  a  mere  tool  with  which  to  compre- 
hend the  land  and  find  the  way.  In  order  to  ensure  univer- 
sal comprehension  of  the  map,  the  conventions  of  mapping 
are  made  consistent  and  transparent.  Thus,  a  uniform  sense 
of  spatiality  anchored  in  the  Cartesian  conception  of  reality 


has  been  engendered  by  modern  cartography.  This  sense  of 
spatiality  — an  integral  part  of  modernity  — was  alien  to  many 
pre-modern  societies  wherein  geography  was  subordinated 
to  theology,  and  wherein  the  map  preceded  the  territory 
(Fig.  4).  Access  to  God's  all-encompassing  vision  of  the  ter- 
ritory, attained  today  through  aerial  surveys  and  satellite- 
projected  images,  was  achieved  primarily  through  religious 
texts.  Visions,  depictions,  and  spatial  experiences  of  the 
territory  were,  therefore,  conditioned  by  religious  concep- 
tions, which  enabled  multiple  forms  of  imaginative  mapping 
of  the  world.  Today,  we  are  compelled  to  define  such  map- 
ping as  "imaginative"  because  we  have  another  form  of 
mapping  which  we  consider  to  be  "real."  Yet,  these  imagi- 
native projections  were  just  as  real  for  pre-modern  commu- 
nities as  the  more  technically  sophisticated  projections 
today. 

The  travelogues  of  the  Damascene  scholar  'Abd  al-Ghani  al- 
Nabulusi,  (d.  1741  AD)  for  example,  show  how  imaginative 
mapping  operates.  In  the  travelogue  of  his  journey  to 
Jerusalem,  al-Nabulusi  frames  the  recording  of  his  memoirs 
with  an  imaginative  mapping  of  the  geography  of  Jerusalem 
and  the  surrounding  landscapes,  referencing  the  geography 
of  Mecca  and  other  towns  in  the  Hijaz  region. ^  Al-Nabulusi 
had  not  been  to  the  Hijaz  when  he  projected  this  geograph- 
ic correspondence;  he  had  neither  seen  nor  experienced  the 
places  and  the  landscapes  to  which  he  referred.  His  major 
journey  to  Syria,  Egypt,  and  the  Hijaz  took  place  four  years 
after  the  journey  to  Palestine.  Religious  narratives  enabled 
al-Nabulusi  to  conceptualize  and  visualize  continuities  and 
parallels  between  these  two  sacred  geographies,  and  to 
make  a  unique  sense  of  both  the  geography  of  Jerusalem  he 
was  experiencing  and  that  of  Hijaz,  which  was  not  immedi- 
ately available  to  him. 


AKKACH/    69 


EVROPA  PRIMA  PARS  TEILR^  IN  FORMA  VIRGINIS 


15 


MEKIDIES. 


Al-Nabulusi  reports  a  story,  related  by  one  of  the  Jerusalem 
locals,  of  a  Christian  master  builder  who  converted  to  Islam 
after  a  Muslim  saint  appeared  to  him  in  a  dream.  To  vener- 
ate the  saint,  the  master  builder  decided  to  construct  a 
domed  tomb  on  his  grave.  At  the  very  moment  of  comple- 
tion, when  the  master  builder  climbed  up  the  dome  to  install 
the  crescent,  the  surrounding  geography  suddenly  trans- 
formed. From  the  top  of  the  dome  in  the  neighborhood  of 
Ginin  in  Palestine,  Mecca  and  Medina  suddenly  became  vis- 
ible; the  master  builder  could  decipher  the  vision  only  with 
the  help  of  the  son  of  the  saint  himself. 2 

Our  modern  sense  of  spatiality  makes  it  difficult  for  us  to 
comprehend  such  projections.  How  is  it  possible  for  the 
thousands  of  miles  that  distance  Ginin  from  Mecca  and 
Medina  to  collapse?  The  answer  lies  in  both  the  different 
notion  of  mapping  and  the  different  sense  of  spatiality  the 


pre-modern  Muslim  had,  which  derives  from  subordinating 
geography  to  theology  and  from  regarding  the  map  as  pre- 
ceding the  territory.  Mapping  was  not  just  a  representation- 
al act  but  a  creative  one. 

By  "mapping,"  I  do  not  mean  the  scientific  enterprise  of 
geographers  and  cartographers  — although  this  is  included  — 
but  making  sense  of  geography  through  various  conceptual 
or  graphical  means. 3  To  map  is  to  take  the  measure  of  the 
world,  and  taking  measure  involves,  on  the  one  hand,  selec- 
tion, translation,  and  differentiation,  and  on  the  other,  visu- 
alizing, conceptualizing,  recording,  and  representing. 
Whether  conceptually  or  graphically  projected,  mapping 
configures  space,  translating  it  into  a  familiar  and  recogniz- 
able place  wherein  geographic  locations  are  meaningfully 
related.  Thus,  mapping  is  not  confined  to  the  archived  and 
the  drawn;  it  can  be  spiritual,  political,  cultural,  or  moral, 


70    /AKKACH 


I<f. 


ASIA  SECVNDA  PARS  TEUR^  INFORM  A  PEG  ASI- 


SEPTErSTRIu. 


17. 


and  it  can  include,  as  many  examples  show,  the  remem- 
bered, the  imagined,  the  anticipated,  and  the  desired. 
Accordingly,  mapping  plays  a  central  role  in  configuring  our 
sense  of  spatiality,  that  is,  our  ways  of  understanding  and 
making  sense  of  the  landscape,  both  in  its  natural  and  con- 
structed form.  Today,  "cultural  mappings  play  a  central  role 
in  establishing  the  territories  we  inhabit  and  experience  as 
real,"  as  religious  mappings  in  pre-modern  societies."  Each 
religion  constructed  its  own  spatiality  of  difference  which 
unfolded  a  range  of  creative  and  interpretive  possibilities.^ 

To  understand  what  the  spatiality  of  difference  entails  in 
different  religious  contexts,  one  needs  to  examine  the 
notions  that  are  associated  with  the  creative,  rather  than 
the  imitative,  projection  of  geography.  In  other  words,  it  is 
not  the  working  of  cartographic  production  that  is  most 
revealing  here,  but  rather  the  mode  of  thinking.  To  under- 


stand al-Nabulusi's  narrative,  for  instance,  we  need  to  turn 
our  attention  to  the  religious  concepts  that  are  associated 
with  the  significance  of,  and  relationship  between,  places 
and  landscapes.  The  Arab-Islamic  concept  of  fada' if  is  per- 
haps the  most  pertinent. ^  Fada'il  literally  means  "virtues" 
and  "merits;"  it  is  a  plural  form  of  fadila,  meaning  "moral 
excellence,"  and  it  derives  from  the  trilateral  f.d.l.,  meaning 
"to  be  in  excess,"  "to  excel,"  and  "to  be  superior."  It  is 
used  mainly  as  an  adjective  in  panegyric  literature  to  denote 
the  virtues  and  merits  of  certain  texts,  individuals,  cities, 
monuments,  or  times.  The  concept  of  fada'il  pre-dates 
Islam,  but,  in  the  early  stages  of  the  religion,  the  fada'il 
texts  compiled  sayings  attributed  to  the  Prophet  and  his 
immediate  companions.  Later,  they  developed  into  a  recog- 
nizable style  of  historiography  infused  with  Islamic  mythol- 
ogy and  popular  legends.  The  fada'il  discourse  derives  pri- 
marily from  being,  as  it  were,  a  by-product  of,  and  a  direct 


AKKACH/    71 


1 


72    /AKKACH 


extension  of,  the  science  of  prophetic  traditions  {'ilm  al- 
hadith). 

The  religious  concept  of  fada'il  might  seem  remote  to  map- 
ping, however,  it  is  pertinent  to  both  the  constructed  and 
the  natural  environment.  Fada'il  texts  mark  certain  sites  and 
cities,  conferring  religious  significance  upon  them  and 
establishing  hierarchical  relationships  between  them.  The 
instrumentality  of  mapping  is  inscribed  in  the  concept  of 
fada'il  through  its  tactics  of  delineating  virtuous  places,  of 
structuring  them  hierarchically,  and  of  imbuing  them  with 
spiritual,  cosmological,  and  eschatological  significance. 
Through  the  textual  delineation,  a  conceptual  map  is  drawn. 
However,  to  see  the  agency  of  the  fada'il  at  work  as  a  form 
of  religious  mapping,  one  need  not  look  in  the  fada'il  texts 
themselves,  for  they  only  act,  so  to  speak,  as  a  "structur- 
ing grid."  Rather,  other  chronicles,  literature,  and  particular- 
ly, travelogues,  and  accounts  of  visitation  (ziyarat)  demon- 
strate the  fada'il  as  a  mapping  guide.  Occasionally,  these 
texts  present  narratives  which  reveal  the  conceptual  grid 
and  the  mapping  agency  of  the  fada'il  through  the  "con- 
tours" of  peculiar  spatial  practices  and  experiences.  Both 
the  correspondence  al-Nabulusi  visualizes  between  the  Hijaz 
region  and  Jerusalem  and  the  extraordinary  visual  experi- 
ence of  the  master  builder  derive  from  the  sacred  virtues 
the  two  regions  mark  on  the  map  of  holiness.  What  lies  in 
between  is  less  significant  and  can  be  removed  by  religious 
desires. 

The  concept  of  fada'il  is  predicated  on  divine  authority  and 
mediated  through  literature.  In  this  way,  the  concept  of 
fada'il  bears  some  similarity  to  the  concept  of  "geopiety" 
found  in  other  traditions.  However,  its  modes  of  realizing 
and  mapping  a  spatiality  of  difference  are  uniquely  Islamic.^ 
Despite  their  often-considerable  length,  the  fada'il  texts 
lack  the  compositional  coherence  of  a  narrative  and  the 
cogency  of  an  argument.  They  are  made  up  of  fragmented, 
yet  authoritative  statements  around  which  are  woven  a 
web  of  conceptions,  mythical  stories,  and  historical 
accounts.  The  fada'il  authors,  many  of  whom  were  hadith 
scholars  (i.e.,  scholars  concerned  with  the  authentication 
and  accurate  reporting  of  the  prophet's  sayings)  construct- 
ed their  arguments  through  authentication  rather  than  inter- 
pretation or  measuring  them  up  against  the  reality  they  rep- 
resent. The  authors  of  the  fada'il  rarely  ask:  what  does  the 
reported  statement  (or  hadith)  say?  Or,  is  what  is  said  valid? 
They  instead  ask:  on  whose  authority  does  the  authenticity 
of  the  statement  hinge?  What  are  the  reported  variations? 
And  where  does  the  text  fit  in  the  overall  economy  of  hadith 


scholarship?  The  context  of  these  representational  tracts, 
recedes  behind  the  concern  for  its  legitimacy  and  authen- 
ticity. The  text  itself  appears  transparent;  it  does  not  pose 
questions  concerning  agency,  representation,  and  reality. 
What  the  text  says  is  conflated  with  what  it  represents:  the 
text  becomes  the  reality.  The  fada'il  discourse  can  thus  be 
seen  as  a  literary  creation  of  reality;  it  realizes  what  it  rep- 
resents. It  realizes  difference;  it  makes  difference  real  geo- 
graphically; it  creates  a  spatiality  of  difference. 

In  this  sense,  the  concept  of  fada'il  promotes  a  discrimina- 
tory view  of  geography  based  on  God's  own  "preference" 
{tafdil,  a  derivative  of  fada'il).  Things  do  not  just  happen 
serendipitously,  but  manifest  in  accordance  with  divine  par- 
tiality, the  logic  of  which  hinges  on  the  necessity  of  differ- 
ence. In  the  overall  scheme  of  creation,  according  not  only 
to  Islam  but  also  to  many  other  religions,  different  people, 
texts  and  places  are  not  of  equal  status.  In  the  beginning 
was  difference.  And  difference  was  never  meant  to  be  pro- 
jected democratically.  Difference  was  predicated  on  a  pref- 
erence—an absolute,  non-negotiable  divine  preference. 
From  this  perspective,  the  /arfa '// concept  can  be  seen  as  an 
attempt  to  layout  the  matrix  of  differentiation  spatially  and 
to  reveal  the  pattern  of  divine  preference.  It  is  a  literary  act 
to  inscribe  the  ontological  foundation  of  difference.  Yet,  dif- 
ference IS  a  relational  concept  that  requires  a  horizon  of  ref- 
erence against  which  the  other  can  be  differentiated. 
Naturally,  the  fada'il  projects  Islam  as  that  horizon  of  refer- 
ence to  explain  and  identify  divine  preferences.  The  non- 
Muslim  other  occupies  an  awkwardly  marginal  position  that 
IS  never  in  accordance  with  the  order  of  things.  The  other 
is  de-placed  and  de-spatialized.  The  fada'il  texts  on 
Jerusalem,  for  example,  relate  an  elaborate  story  of  how 
the  Christians'  attempts  to  construct  a  monumental  building 
over  the  sacred  rock  — where  the  Dome  of  Rock  was  later 
built  — long  before  the  Islamic  takeover,  repeatedly  failed. 
Their  exquisite  and  highly  adorned  structure  miraculously 
collapsed  three  times,  forcing  the  Christians  to  consider  a 
different  site.  It  was  not  their  architectural  or  engineering 
inadequacies  that  led  to  the  repeated  collapse,  but  simply 
their  religious  otherness.  According  to  Islamic  tradition,  the 
site  was  originally  designated  for  Muslims,  and  could  only 
tolerate  an  architectural  possibility  in  concordance  with,  as 
It  were,  the  legitimate  "cartographer,"  Islam.  In  this  man- 
ner, the  fada'il  discourse  relies  on  a  politicized  difference. 
Difference  is  politicized  through  religious  scenarios  of 
encounters  with  the  sacred,  which  take  place  in  the  blurred 
spatiality  of  the  real  and  the  imaginary,  the  earthly  and  the 
heavenly.  It  is  a  determinedly  Islamic  version  of  geo-politics 


AKKACH/    73 


wherein  God,  along  with  the  Muslims,  acts  as  a  central  fig- 
ure in  the  plotting,  unfolding,  and  staging  of  events. 
Through  such  geo-mythical  conceptions,  the  ^ada  7/ enables, 
on  the  one  hand,  a  unique  religious  mapping  of  the  world, 
and  on  the  other,  the  articulation  of  a  spatial  sensibility  that 
blurs  the  boundary  between  the  mythical  and  the  real.  It  is 
through  both  the  mapping  act  and  the  blurring  of  spatiality 
that  the  fada'il  confers  significance  on  places,  buildings, 
and  landscapes,  thereby  constructing  its  spatiality  of  differ- 
ence (Fig.  4). 

There  are  significant  differences  between  conventional 
mapping  and  that  of  the  fada'il.  As  a  representational  act, 
conventional  mapping  generates  a  duality:  the  real  and  the 
image.  This  involves  an  implicit  tension:  which  comes  first 
the  geography  or  the  map?  When  the  territory  is  seen  to 
precede  the  map,  geographic  reality  becomes  objectively 
stable,  as  is  the  case  today.  But  when  the  "map"  is  seen  to 
precede  the  territory,  then  geographic  reality  is  never  objec- 
tively stable,  never  "something  external  and  'given'  for  our 
apprehension. "8  As  a  mode  of  seeing,  the  mapping  of 
fada'il  precedes  the  territory;  in  fact,  it  creates  the  territo- 
ry. Whereas  the  geograpfiy  of  conventional  mapping  is,  by 
definition,  mimetic,  with  the  drawn  map  signifying  spatial 
stability,  the  geography  of  the  fada'il  is  projective  and  cre- 
ative. It  is  a  "tracing"  of  potentiality  rather  than  fixed  reali- 
ty, a  potentiality  that  unfolds  in  a  multitude  of  forms  with 
different  encounters,  engagements,  and  participations.  As 
documented  in  numerous  texts,  this  potentiality  seems  to 
actively  engage  the  imagination  of  pre-modern  Muslims, 
broadening  their  scope  beyond  the  confines  of  the  actual. 
Since  the  text  is  conflated  with  reality,  the  fada'il  does  not 
differentiate  between  reality  and  representation,  but 
between  what  is  on  and  o^A  the  map;  what  is  virtuous  and, 
therefore,  different,  and  what  is  not. 

Maps  were  originally  conceived  as  a  means  of  finding  and 
founding  the  world. ^  Until  modern  technologies  facilitated 
the  projection  of  stable,  non-negotiable  images  of  the  earth, 
mapping  was  largely  an  individually  creative  act  (Fig.  D.'O 
Pre-modern  Muslim  geographers,  for  instance,  were  able  to 
creatively  project  their  own  "images"  of  the  world.  In  pre- 
modern  Islam,  neither  the  term  "map"  nor  the  act  of  "map- 
ping," existed  in  the  modern  sense.  The  terms  sura,  rasm, 
naqsti,  which  are  used  in  pre-modern  Arabic  literature, 
denote  the  ideas  of  "form,"  "image,"  "drawing,"  and  "paint- 
ing" and  are  not  exclusive  to  the  field  of  geography  and  car- 
tography. The  modern  term  kharita,  used  both  in  Turkish 
and  in  Arabic,  came  from  Catalan  carta  through  the  Greek 


kfiarti.''^  It  bears  no  relevance  to  pre-modern  Islamic  geo- 
graphic conceptions  or  spatial  practices. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  until  the  later  Ottoman  period, 
Muslims  do  not  seem  to  have  mapped  their  holy  places. 
Medieval  mapping  of  Jerusalem,  for  example,  was  a  purely 
Christian  genre. ^^  Neither  Jews  nor  Muslims  were  known  to 
have  mapped  the  city,  despite  its  significance  in  both  tradi- 
tions and  their  conspicuous  preoccupation  with  its  geogra- 
phy, architecture,  and  the  urban  landscape.  Until  the 
Crusade  at  the  end  of  the  eleventh  century,  only  one  map 
of  Jerusalem  is  known  to  have  existed,  the  Byzantine 
Madaba  map  of  the  sixth  century.  After  the  Crusaders'  con- 
quest, about  twenty  maps  are  known  to  have  existed  until 
the  end  of  the  fifteenth  century,  when  the  new  printing 
technology  had  facilitated  the  production  of  maps. ^3  From 
the  sixteenth  century  onwards,  Ottoman  images  of  cities 
and  urban  centers  began  to  emerge,  mostly  in  the  form  of 
pictorial  representations.  This  ambivalence  towards  the 
graphic  representation  of  territory  tends  to  give  primacy  to 
the  verbal-literary  depictions  of  the  fada'il  and  the  imagina- 
tive constructions  it  engenders.  As  late  as  the  eighteenth 
century,  as  al-Nabulusi's  texts  clearly  indicate,  the  concept 
of  the  fada'il  was  widely  operative.  The  fluidity  of  its  ver- 
bal-literary expressions  had  continued  to  activate  the  imag- 
inative mappings  and  to  evoke  the  poetic  visualizations  of 
geographies  and  landscapes  up  to  the  colonial  encounters. 

To  conclude  with  a  poetic  example  of  religious  mapping  and 
the  spatiality  of  difference  in  pre-modern  Islam,  I  shall  draw 
again  on  al-Nabulusi's  travel  memoirs.  Describing  the  rela- 
tionship between  two  springs  of  water,  Silwan  in  Palestine 
and  Zamzam  in  Mecca,  al-Nabulusi  reveals  an  interesting 
geo-poetical  concern. i''  How  can  the  water  of  Zamzam  be 
salty  when  it  is  in  the  most  virtuous  place  on  earth?  In  tack- 
ling this  question,  Muslim  scholars  played  on  the  meanings 
of  the  Arabic  word  'ayn,  which  means  both  "spring"  and 
"eye"  to  provide  explanations.  They  depicted  Mecca  as  the 
"eye"  of  the  earth  and  Zamzam  as  the  source  of  its  water. 
Just  as  the  water  of  the  human  eye  is  salty,  so  should  be 
the  water  of  Zamzam.  But  this  poetic  imagery  leaves  al- 
Nabulusi  with  an  unsatisfactory  image  of  a  one-eyed  earthi 
Resorting  to  his  imaginative  mapping  of  Jerusalem  and 
Mecca  to  set  things  right,  al-Nabulusi  writes: 

The  saltiness  of  the  eye's  water  is  evidently  true 
Not  out  of  imperfection,  but  rather  of  perfection. 
For  this  reason  Zamzam's  water  is  salty 
And  so  is  Silwan's;  both  are  refreshingly  cold. 


7a    /AKKACH 


These  are  the  two  eyes  of  the  earth, 
One  of  the  right,  the  other  of  the  left. 
The  right  is  in  Mecca,  the  left  in  Jerusalem, 
Yet  all  the  worlds  are  mere  imagination.^^ 


Notes 

1  Al-Nabutusi,  al  Hadra  al-Unsiyya  fi  ahRihIa  al-Qudsiyya.  edited  by  A,  al-'Ulabi 
(Beirut:  al-Masadif,  1990).  The  journey  took  place  in  1690  AD. 

2  Samer  Akkach,  "Mapping  Difference:  On  the  Islamic  Concept  of  fada'il,"  in 
De-Placing  Difference:  Architecture,  Culture  and  Imaginative  Geography,  edited 
by  S.  Akkach,  Proceedings  of  the  third  international  symposium  of  the  Centre 
for  Asian  and  Middle  Eastern  Architecture  lAdelaide:  CAMEA.  2002),  9-21. 

3  On  mapping,  see  Denis  Cosgrove  (ed.l,  Mappings,  London:  Reaktion  Books, 
1999;  and  Geoff  King,  Mapping  Reality:  An  Exploration  of  Cultural 
Cartographies  (London:  Macmillan  Press,  1996). 

4  King.   16. 

5  D.  Cosgrove,  "Introduction:  Mapping  Meanings, "  in  IVIappings,   1-23, 

6  See  Encyclopedia  of  Islam,  2nd  Edition,  "Fadila." 

7  Yi-Fu  Tuan,  "Geopiety:  A  Theme  in  Man's  Attachment  to  Nature  and  to 
Place,"  in  Geographies  of  the  l^ind:  Essays  in  Historical  Geography,  edited  by 
David  Lowenthal  and  Martyn  J,  Bowden  (New  York:  Oxford  University  Press. 
1976).  11-39. 

8  James  Speculation,  "Critique  and  Invention."  in  Cosgrove.  l\/!appings.  213-52. 
See  also.  King,  "The  Map  that  Precedes  the  Territory,"  Mapping  Reality,   1-17. 

9  J.  Corner,  "The  Agency  of  Mapping,"  in  Cosgrove,  Mappings,  213. 


10  Christian  Jacob,  "Mapping  in  the  Mind:  The  Earth  from  Ancient  Alexandria," 
in  Cosgrove,  Mappings,  24-49, 

11  J.  B.  Harley  and  D.  Woodward  (eds).  History  of  Cartography.  11:1, 
Cartography  in  the  Traditional  Islamic  and  South  Asian  Societies  (Chicago:  The 
University  of  Chicago  Press.  1992),  7, 

12  Milka  Levy-Rubin  and  Rehav  Rubin.  "The  Image  of  the  Holy  City  m  Maps  and 
Mapping."  in  City  of  the  Great  King,  edited  by  Nitza  Rosovsky  (Cambridge: 
Harvard  University  Press,  1996),  352.  For  medieval  map-making  and  visualisa- 
tion in  the  Christian  context,  see  Evelyn  Edson,  Mapping  Time  and  Space:  How 
Medieval  Map-makers  Viewed  their  World  (London:  The  British  Library,  1997). 
Oleg  Grabar,  The  Shape  of  the  Holy:  Early  Islamic  Jerusalem  (Princeton: 
Princeton  University  Press,  1996),  16.  Grabar  confirms  the  absence  of  maps  of 
Jerusalem  until  the  late  Ottoman  period, 

13  Levy-Rubin  and  Rubin,  1996. 

14  Al-Nabulusi,  al-Hadra  al-Unsiyya.  187-92. 

15  Ibid.,   190. 


Illustrations 

Fig.  1:  A  cosmic  map  from  Ma'rifetname  by  the  eighteenth-century  mystic 
scholar  Ibrahim  Haqqi  (d.  1780).  The  map  shows  the  "topography"  of  the 
world,  consisting  of  the  earth  and  the  skies,  the  underworld  and  the  heavenly 
world,  with  all  encompassed  by  the  divine  throne. 

Figs.  2  &  3;  Two  maps  by  Heinrich  Bunting  (1  545-1  606),  1  581 .  Europe,  depict- 
ed in  the  form  of  a  crowned  Virgin,  and  Asia,  depicted  in  the  form  of  the  famed 
Greek  winged  Horse.  Pegasus. 
Fig,  4:  Al-ldnsi's  World  map,  dated  1456. 


AKKACH,/     75 


JAMES    ELKINS 

FROM    BIRD-GODDESSES    TO    JESUS    2000: 

A    VERY,     VERY    BRIEF    HISTORY    OF    RELIGION    AND    ART 


Sooner  or  later,  anyone  involved  in  the  academic  study  of 
the  arts  will  come  across  a  strange  problem:  there  is  almost 
no  modern  religious  art  in  museums  or  in  books  of  Western 
art  history.  It  is  a  problem  that  is  at  once  obvious  and  odd, 
known  to  most  who  study  art,  yet  hardly  discussed. 

The  Problem  of  Even  Starting  a  Conversation 

For  some  people,  art  simply  is  religious,  whether  the  artists 
admit  it  or  not,  for  it  expresses  such  things  as  the  hope  of 
transcendence  or  the  possibilities  of  the  human  spirit.  The 
absence  of  religious  art  from  museums  specializing  in  mod- 
ernism is  seemingly  due  to  a  kind  of  prejudice  on  the  part 
of  curators'  narrow  coterie  of  mainly  academic  writers  who 
have  not  acknowledged  what  has  always  been  apparent:  art 
and  religion  are  entwined.  For  example,  Jackson  Pollock  is 
a  religious  painter  even  though  neither  he  nor  the  serious 
critics  of  his  work  have  thought  of  his  work  as  religious. 

Some  believe  that  modern  art  like  Pollock's  cannot  be  reli- 
gious, because  it  would  undo  the  project  of  modernism  by 
going  against  its  own  sense  of  itself,  its  nature,  especially 
if  modernism  was  predicated  on  the  rejection  of  pre-modern 
institutions,  religion  among  them.  Some  modernists  were 
also  suspicious  of  the  nineteenth-century  academic  custom 
of  using  art  to  tell  religious  stories.  A  contemporary  paint- 
ing of  the  Assumption  of  the  Virgin  would  be  carrying  on  a 
moribund  tradition  of  narrative  painting,  last  encouraged  at 
the  end  of  the  nineteenth  century.  Modernism,  it  could  be 
said,  has  relinquished  all  that. 

For  others,  Pollock's  paintings  might  well  be  religious,  but  it 
is  difficult  to  construct  an  acceptable  argument  describing 
how  his  works  express  religious  feelings.  The  word  religion 
can  no  longer  be  coupled  with  the  driving  ideas  of  mod- 


ernist discourse.  The  two  ways  of  talking  have  become 
alienated  from  each  other,  and  it  would  be  artificial  and 
insensitive  to  bring  them  together. 

And  for  others  still,  the  whole  problem  is  misstated, 
because  Pollock  might  well  be  religious  in  some  respects 
and  non-religious  or  irreligious  in  others.  There  is  no  mono- 
lithic art  any  more  than  there  is  a  property  for  it  called  reli- 
gious. These  terms  are  just  too  diffuse  to  work.  What  mat- 
ters is  the  life  of  a  particular  Pollock  painting.  For  example, 
there  is  a  way  to  argue  that  Pollock's  Man/Woman  sustains 
religious  ideas,  but  with  She-Wolf,  the  correct  domain  of 
explanation  might  be  Pollock's  mid-twentieth-century  sense 
of  myth. 

Some  might  argue  that  Pollock  serves  as  a  poor  example  to 
make  the  case  that  modernism  is  not  religious  because 
Abstract  Expressionism  effectively  erases  explicit  symbols 
and  stories  in  favor  of  non-verbal  gestures.  Look  elsewhere 
in  modernism,  earlier  abstract  painters  for  example,  and  you 
will  find  plenty  of  religious  art:  Paul  Klee  made  religious 
paintings,  as  did  Marc  Chagall  and  Georges  Roualt. 
Modernism  is  bound  to  religion  just  as  every  movement 
before  it  has  been. 

The  differences  between  these  opinions  run  deep.  For  peo- 
ple in  my  profession  of  art  history,  the  very  fact  that  I  have 
written  this  essay  will  be  enough  to  cast  me  into  a  dubious 
category  of  fallen  and  marginal  historians  who  do  not  under- 
stand modernism  or  postmodernism.  But  here,  I  am  after 
something  simple,  and  more  introductory:  to  set  out,  in  the 
briefest  possible  compass,  the  salient  facts  about  the  alien- 
ation of  the  academic  discipline  of  art  history  and  the  study 
of  religious  meaning  in  art.  I  hope  that  what  I  have  to  say 


76    /ELKINS 


will  be  taken  generously,  not  as  if  this  were  the  armature 
for  a  full  history,  but  in  the  spirit  I  intend  it:  as  an  attempt 
to  start  conversations. 

Art  as  Ritual  and  Religion 

Once  upon  a  time  — but  really,  in  every  place  and  in  every 
time  — art  was  religious.  Eight  thousand  years  ago,  Europe, 
Asia,  and  Africa  were  already  full  of  sculpted  gods,  god- 
desses, and  totemic  animals.  There  were  bull-gods  and  but- 
terfly-gods, bird-goddesses  and  frog-goddesses,  and  deities 
that  were  nothing  more  than  lumps  of  uncarved  stone. 
Neolithic  people  left  offerings,  built  altars,  and  etched  pic- 
tures into  rock  walls. 

Art  was  religious  or  at  least  ritualistic,  and  remained  so  in 
the  earliest  civilizations:  in  Sumer  and  Akkad,  in  Hittite  and 
Phrygian  Turkey,  in  Egypt  and  Persia.  The  inception  of 
Christianity  did  not  change  art's  religious  purpose.  In  a  love- 
ly scene  of  the  Madonna  and  Child  in  a  landscape,  from  the 
beginning  of  the  third  century,  a  prophet  stands  to  their 
right,  raising  his  arms  in  a  gesture  that  says,  "Behold!"  The 
figures  sit  in  the  shade  of  a  small  tree  with  oversize  flow- 
ers. It  must  have  been  a  refreshing  scene  to  contemplate  for 
the  Christians  who  worshipped  in  the  dank  Catacomb  of 
Priscilla,  beneath  the  streets  of  Rome,  and  it  serves  as  one 
example  of  the  way  in  which  the  early  Christian  religion 
used  painting  as  a  mode  of  expression.  Art  continued  to 
serve  religion  through  the  Renaissance. 

In  addition,  what  are  known  reflexively  as  art  and  religion 
were  inseparable  through  much  of  the  recorded  history  of 
China,  India,  and  Mesoamerica.  The  same  parallel  and  com- 
patible purposes  of  art  and  religion  can  be  found  in  images 
made  by  the  Incas,  the  Scythians  and  Ife,  the  Moche  and 
Code,  Jains  and  Phrygians,  and  even  the  people  — whose 
name  is  lost  — who  built  the  pyramids  at  Teotihuacan. 

Art  as  Expression 

There  is  a  problem  with  this  history.  Although  there  is  plen- 
ty of  religious  painting  after  the  Renaissance  in  Western  art 
history  — even  at  the  beginning  of  the  twenty-first  century 
there  is  a  tremendous  amount  of  religious  art  — something 
happened  in  the  Renaissance:  the  meaning  of  art  changed. 
Art  began  to  glorify  the  artist  and  artist's  skills  took  prece- 
dence over  the  subject  depicted. 

This  is  a  much-debated  subject.  Historians  such  as  Hans 
Blumenberg  and  Hans  Belting,  and  philosophers  including 
JiJrgen  Habermas,  have  written  histories  of  the  West  cen- 


tered on  the  nature  of  this  change. ^  Given  Marx's  critique 
of  religion  as  an  artifact  of  society,  "any  return  to  tradition- 
al values  (from  Catholic  or  Islamic  fundamentalism  to 
Oriental  New  Age  wisdom)  is  doomed  to  fail"  because  it  is 
"impotent  in  the  face  of  the  thrust  of  Capital. "^ 

On  the  other  hand,  the  Protestant  Reformation  and  Italian 
Counter-Reformation  produced  art  that  remains  indispensa- 
ble for  understanding  the  sixteenth  and  seventeenth  cen- 
turies. As  the  historian  David  Morgan  argued,  "Who  can 
think  of  the  Enlightenment  without  natural  religion?  Who 
can  think  of  American  democracy  without  Jefferson  dis- 
secting the  New  Testament  to  extract  the  moral  teachings 
of  Jesus?"3 

It  is  a  difficult  problem.  Yet  on  balance,  I  think  more  is 
risked  by  defending  the  presence  of  religion  in  post- 
Renaissance  art  than  by  insisting  on  its  necessary  absence. 
In  the  Renaissance,  the  representation  of  piety  seeped  into 
the  codification  of  art.  Art  historians  such  as  William  Hood 
and  Georges  Didi-Huberman  have  tried  to  understand  the 
delicate  frames  of  mind  that  led  painters  like  Fra  Angelico 
to  put  humanist  learning  to  the  service  of  pious  aims.* 

By  the  eighteenth  century,  there  were  more  signs  of  strain. 
When  Francisco  Goya  was  commissioned  to  make  religious 
paintings,  he  suddenly  became  serious  and  dropped  the 
bizarre  imaginative  license.  North  of  the  Pyrenees,  Francois 
Boucher  and  Jean-Honore  Fragonard  lost  a  sense  of  play- 
fulness when  they  had  to  depict  holy  scenes.  In  effect, 
those  artists  split  their  oeuvres:  painting  itself  worked  dif- 
ferently in  religious  and  secular  contexts. 

Biblical  episodes  and  figures  were  still  common  in  the  nine- 
teenth century,  but  they  were  handled  differently  from  sec- 
ular themes.  For  the  painter  Ary  Shaffer,  religious  commis- 
sions were  matters  of  the  most  pole-faced  sobriety; 
Thomas  Couture  made  stupendous  paintings  of  the  ancient 
world,  bursting  with  gold,  swags  of  luscious  red  drapery, 
spilling  cornucopias,  and  dancing  maidens,  but  his  religious 
work  is  at  once  ambitious  and  entirely  unconvincing.  For 
such  painters,  religious  commissions  were  a  duty,  prose- 
cuted soberly  and  honorably.  Painting  itself  — its  highest 
possibilities  and  ambitions  — often  had  to  be  pursued  outside 
of  religious  commissions. 

Some  nineteenth-century  artists  were  rabid  atheists  but 
many  others,  including  Eugene  Delacroix,  Jean-Auguste- 
Dominique  Ingres,  and  Thomas  Cole  practiced  their  faiths. 


ELKINS/    77 


But  when  do  these  facts  aid  in  an  understanding  of  the 
painting?  Caspar  David  Friedrich  and  Otto  Philip  Runge  were 
religious:  Runge  was  a  pious  Lutheran,  and  Friedrich  was  a 
Pietist.  Runge's  Die  Tageszeiten  paintings  were  intended  for 
a  Gothic  church  he  designed,  and  one  of  Friedrich's  first 
paintings  was  an  elaborate  altarpiece.  Yet  Runge's  work 
was  iconographically  eccentric,  while  Friedrich's  was  often 
stripped  of  explicit  religious  meaning.  Friedrich  experiment- 
ed with  images  of  nature  infused  with  a  nameless,  almost 
pantheistic  spirit,  and  Runge  made  dazzling  paintings  with 
idiosyncratic  figures.  Though  these  artists  were  not  atheists 
or  even  "non-religious,"  the  manifestations  of  Christianity  in 
nineteenth-century  art  by  artists  such  as  Friedrich,  Runge, 
William  Blake,  the  Pre-Raphaelite  Brotherhood,  and  Samuel 
Palmer  (who  painted  bizarre  and  intense  visions  of  English 
countryside),  were  subjective  and  often  inimical  to  ordinary 
liturgical  use.^ 

At  this  point  the  relation  of  art  and  religion  could  be  clari- 
fied: gradually,  the  most  inventive  and  interesting  art  sepa- 
rated itself  from  religious  themes  in  Western  art  history.  By 
the  time  of  the  Impressionists,  there  did  not  seem  to  be 
room  left  for  religion  at  all.  Monet  was  preoccupied  with 
light  and  color,  Seurat  was  bent  on  taking  painting  to  a  new 
formal  stage,  while  Cezanne  was  interested  in  capturing 
nature  faithfully. 

At  the  same  time,  religion  persistently  rose  to  the  surface 
like  a  half-sunken  boat.  At  the  turn  of  the  century,  some 
lesser-known  painters,  such  as  Arnold  Bbcklin,  Ferdinand 
Knopff,  and  Odilon  Redon  worked  in  a  mystical  space 
between  painting  and  poetry.  Van  Gogh  had  very  passion- 
ate, if  obscure,  thoughts  about  how  his  art  worked  as  reli- 
gion, although  art  historians  tend  to  avoid  the  subject  his 
confused  thoughts  on  art,  nature,  miracles,  and  divinity. 
The  book  Van  Gogh  and  Gauguin,  for  example,  skims  over 
the  religious  meaning  of  paintings  such  as  Starry  Night  in 
favor  of  an  analysis  of  the  picture's  geographical  location 
and  its  secular  literary  sources. ^ 

Religion  in  the  Pedagogy  of  Modernism 
But  now,  a  hundred  years  later,  it  appears  that  religion  has 
sunk  out  of  sight.  The  mainstreams  of  modernism,  begin- 
ning with  Cezanne  and  Picasso  and  including  Surrealism  and 
Abstract  Expressionism,  were  increasingly  alienated  from 
religion.  Surrealism's  rejection  of  religion  took  a  particularly 
intransigent  form  on  account  of  Sigmund  Freud's  critique  of 
God  imagined  as  a  projection.''  It  is  telling  that  the  major 
book  connecting  Surrealism  to  religion.  Surrealism  and  the 


Sacred,  is  written  by  an  artist  and  not  an  historian;  it 
belongs  more  to  the  contemporary  revival  of  Jungian- 
inspired  spirituality  than  to  the  historiography  of 
Surrealism. s  Most  pop  art,  minimalism,  conceptual  art, 
video,  and  installation  art  seems  miles  away  from  religion. 
Such  art  can  often  be  understood  as  religious,  but  it  is  not 
often  intended  to  be  religious. 

If  you  pick  up  one  of  the  heavy  surveys  of  twentieth-cen- 
tury art,  like  H.H.  Arnason's  History  of  Modern  Art,  you 
may  get  the  impression  that  artists  stopped  working  for  the 
church  around  the  time  of  the  French  Revolution;  before 
that,  most  European  painting  was  religious. ^  Arnason 
begins  his  book  with  a  lightning  review  of  pre-modern  art 
from  Van  Eyck  to  Raphael,  including  Matthias  Grunewald's 
nearly  insane  Isenheim  Altarpiece  (1512-15,  Colmar).  The 
800  pages  of  the  book  barely  discuss  works  that  focus  on 
religious  themes.  There  is  a  photograph  of  Barnett  Newman 
standing  rigidly  in  front  of  his  paintings  of  the  Stations  of 
the  Cross  (1966,  National  Gallery  of  Art,  Washington),  each 
canvas  reduced  to  a  severely  abstract  pattern  of  "zips,"  as 
he  called  them  (stripes  against  a  white  ground).  Another 
page  shows  one  of  Emil  Nolde's  religious  paintings,  the  Last 
Supper  {^909,  Copenhagen),  painted  when  he  was  in  a  kind 
of  ecstatic  trance. 

There  is  also  a  reproduction  of  Salvador  Dali's  Christ  of  St. 
John  of  the  Cross  (1951,  Glasgow),  but  it  is  more  an  exam- 
ple of  Dali's  "paranoiac-critical"  surrealist  method  than  a 
religious  painting.  After  all,  the  crucified  Christ  is  shown 
hovering  uncomfortably,  head-down  in  a  deep  azure  sky;  he 
looks  like  the  enormous  spacecraft  in  the  movie  Close 
Encounters  of  the  Third  Kind.  Just  a  few  other  artists  out  of 
the  thousands  in  Arnason's  book  depict  religious  themes, 
among  them  Georges  Roualt,  Marc  Chagall,  and  the  English 
painters  Graham  Sutherland  and  Francis  Bacon.  Arnason 
chose  one  of  Bacon's  gruesome  early  pictures  in  which  the 
crucified  Christ  is  replaced  by  an  animal  carcass,  with  a 
monstrous  man  in  a  business  suit  sitting  below,  holding  an 
umbrella  to  keep  the  blood  from  pouring  onto  him. 

Among  these  slim  pickings,  there  is  only  one  work  that  is 
actually  in  a  church  — or  even  presented  in  its  setting- 
Matisse's  designs  for  the  little  Chapel  of  the  Rosary  of  the 
Dominican  nuns  in  Vence,  France  (1951).  It  might  be  the 
only  example  of  twentieth-century  painting  that  is  both  a 
consecrated  religious  work  and  also  a  certified  member  of 
the  canon  of  modernism.  Jean  Cocteau's  church  murals  in 
Villefranche-sur-Mer  just  east  of  Nice,  France,  and  those  in 


78    /ELKINS 


the  chapel  Saint-Blaise  des  Simples  in  Milly-la-Foret  are 
often  reproduced,  but  they  are  not  the  most  important  of 
Cocteau's  works.  Maurice  Denis's  chapel  in  Saint-Germain- 
en-Laye,  near  Paris,  is  a  fascinating  example  of  modernist 
Catholic  art,  but  it  is  seldom  considered  alongside  contem- 
poraneous non-religious  modernism. 

...AND  IN  Contemporary  Art 

Contemporary  art,  I  think,  is  as  far  from  organized  religion 
as  Western  art  has  ever  been.  This  may  be  its  most  singu- 
lar achievement  or  its  cardinal  failure,  depending  on  your 
point  of  view.  The  separation  has  become  entrenched:  pro- 
fessional art  critics  do  not  write  about  artists  who  follow 
major  religions.  In  schools  and  departments  of  art,  religion 
is  considered  irrelevant  to  the  production  of  interesting  art: 
religion  is  understood  to  be  something  private,  something 
that  need  not  be  brought  into  the  teaching  of  art.  When  the 
art  world  discusses  religion,  it  is  because  there  has  been  a 
scandal:  someone  has  painted  a  Madonna  using  elephant 
dung,  or  has  put  a  statuette  of  Jesus  into  a  jar  of  urine. '° 
Otherwise,  religion  is  seldom  mentioned. 

But  religious  art  thrives  outside  of  the  art  world.  People 
gather  to  see  miraculous  images  that  seem  to  weep  real 
tears,  and  the  stories  make  the  evening  news.  In  the  1  990s, 
a  Moire  pattern  in  the  glass  of  a  curtain-wall  office  building 
in  Clearwater,  Florida  was  interpreted  as  an  enormous 
apparition  of  the  Virgin  Mary.  Indeed,  the  iridescent  image 
captured  in  a  snapshot  looks  like  the  outline  of  any 
Renaissance  or  Baroque  painting  of  the  Virgin.' i  In  the 
United  States,  such  reports  are  much  more  common  than  in 
Europe.  They  testify  to  a  widespread  interest  in  images  that 
have  religious  significance. 

In  the  popular  press,  the  goal  of  art  is  sometimes  imagined 
as  a  fundamentally  religious  undertaking.  Sister  Wendy 
Beckett  speaks  eloquently  about  modern  art  as  if  it  were  all 
religious.  In  1999,  she  judged  an  international  competition, 
Jesus  2000,  to  find  the  perfect  image  of  Jesus  for  the  mil- 
lennium.'^  There  were  over  a  thousand  entries  from  nine- 
teen different  countries.  Sister  Wendy's  pick  for  the  winner 
was  Janet  McKenzie's  Jesus  of  the  People,  a  painting  of 
Christ  as  an  African-American  man.  Christ's  body  had  been 
modeled  from  a  woman's  body,  and  McKenzie  painted 
Native  American  symbols  in  the  background.  The  contest 
was  written  up  in  newspapers  across  the  country.  One 
report  in  the  Corpus  Christ!  Caller-Times  described  a  local 
woman's  entry,  a  depiction  of  Jesus  as  a  middle-aged  man 
wearing  a  baseball  cap,  standing  on  a  country  road  with  a 


dead-end  sign  in  the  background. '■*  The  artist  explained  that 
she  had  modeled  the  figure  on  a  homeless  man,  but  had 
given  it  her  father's  body,  her  own  hair,  and  her  daughter's 
nose.  With  her  description,  the  painting  could  have  been 
taken  as  a  touching  act  of  devotion;  but  these  entries  have 
not  been  considered  as  part  of  academic  discourse. 

An  Equally  Brief  Prognosis 

The  conclusion  of  this  history  is  obviously  that  fine  art  and 
religious  art  have  parted  ways  within  the  context  of  aca- 
demic discourse  and  pedagogy.  The  difference  between  art 
and  art-as-religion  can  be  made  visible  in  many  ways.  The 
University  of  California  at  Berkeley  is  adjacent  to  a 
Theological  Union.  Although  the  faculties  have  amicable 
relations,  their  purposes  and  understandings  of  art  are  radi- 
cally different.  Students  in  the  Theological  Union  are  study- 
ing for  religious  vocations,  and  they  tend  to  study  art  as  a 
spiritual  vehicle.  Students  in  the  Department  of  Art  History 


ELKINS,'    79 


are  preparing  for  careers  as  college  professors  and  curators; 
when  works  of  art  are  religious,  they  note  it  just  as  if  the 
art  were  politically  oriented,  concerned  with  gender,  or  of 
interest  for  its  recondite  allusions. 

Most  ambitious  and  successful  contemporary  fine  art  is 
thoroughly  non-religious.  Most  New  Age  and  spiritual  art- 
contemporary  art  made  for  churches  — is  — this  is  blunt, 
because  it  needs  to  be  said— just  bad  art.  It  is  not  just 
because  the  artists  are  less  talented  than  Jasper  Johns  or 
Andy  Warhol:  it  is  because  art  that  sets  out  to  convey  spir- 
itual values  goes  against  the  grain  of  history.  The  pressure 
of  history  is  crucial:  it  has  to  be  decided  before  it  can  be 
possible  to  seriously  weigh  academic  and  non-academic 
descriptions  of  religion  and  art. 


Notes 

1  Hans  Blumenberg,  The  Legitimacy  of  the  Modem  Age,  translated  by  Robert 
Wallace  (Cambridge;  MIT  Press,  1983);  Hans  Belting,  Likeness  and  Presence:  A 
History  of  the  Image  before  the  Era  of  Art,  translated  by  Edmund  Jephcott 
(Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press.  1994), 

2  Slavoj  Zizek,  The  Spectre  is  Still  Roaming  Around'  An  Introduction  to  the 
150th  Anniversary  Edition  of  the  Communist  Manifesto  (Zagreb:  Arkzin,  1998), 
72. 

3  Personal  correspondance  wrth  David  Morgan,  20  May.  2002. 

4  William  Hood,  Era  Angelico  at  San  Marco  (New  Haven:  Yale  University  Press, 
1993);    Georges   Didi-Huberman,   Era  Angelico:   Dissemblance  and  Eiguration. 


translated  by  Jane  Todd  (Chicago;  University  of  Chicago  Press,  1995). 

5  David  Morgan  provided  the  information  on  the  artists'  religious  affiliations, 
although  the  conclusion  I  draw  is  my  own. 

6  Van  Gogh  and  Gauguin:  The  Studio  of  the  South,  edited  by  Douglas  Druick 
and  Peter  Zegers  IChicago:  The  Art  Institute,  2001). 

7  Sigmund  Freud,  Moses  and  Monotheism,  translated  from  the  German  by 
Katherine  Jones  (New  York,  Vintage  Books,  c1967l 

8  Celia  Rabinovitch,  Surrealism  and  the  Sacred:  Power.  Eros,  and  the  Occult  in 
Modern  Art  (Boulder,  CO:  Westview  Press,  2002)-  In  my  experience,  the  influ- 
ence of  Jung  IS  often  pervasive  and  indirect  in  art  instruction,  but  writers  cite 
secondary  sources,  such  as  Joseph  Campbell,  instead  of  Jung's  primary  texts. 
See  also  Carol  Becker's  use  of  an  analysis  of  the  trickster  figure  in  Carol  Becker, 
"Brooklyn  Museum:  Messing  with  the  Sacred,"  Surpassing  the  Spectacle: 
Global  Transformations  and  the  Changing  Politics  of  Art  (Lanham,  MD;  Rowman 
and  Littlefield,  2002),  43-58, 

9  H,H.  Arnason,  History  of  Modern  Art.  fourth  edition,  edited  by  Maria  Prather 
Arnason  (New  York:  Harry  N-  Abrams,  1998). 

10  For  Chris  Of  ill's  Holy  Virgin  Mary  and  Andres  Serrano's  Piss  Christ,  see 
Becker,  43  58. 

1 1  Divine  Mirrors:  The  Virgin  Mary  in  the  Visual  Arts,  edited  by  Melissa  Katz 
and  Robert  Orsi  (Oxford:  Oxford  University  Press,  2001),  illustration  on  p.  7, 
credited  to  Guss  Wilder  til. 

12  "Jesus  2000,"  special  Issue  of  the  National  Catholic  Reporter,  edited  by 
Michael  Farrell  (December  24,  1999), 

13  Greg  Bischof,  "Artist  Depicts  Christ  for  New  Millennium,"  Corpus  Christi 
Caller-Times  (January  1,  2000):  Oil. 

Illustration 

Fig.  1:  Janet  McKenzie,  Jesus  of  the  People.  48"  x  30"  oil  on  canvas 


30     WELKINS 


Caroline  Jones  Responds 

James, 

Your  "Very,  Very  Brief  History"  is  admirably  polemical,  but, 
as  such,  leaves  us  stuffed  with  arguments  and  questions. 
The  broadest  view  of  modernism's  relation  to  religion  might 
situate  the  museum  object  as  replacing  the  ritual  one  — the 
altarpiece  becomes  available  as  art  as  soon  as  it  is  taken 
from  the  cathedral  and  placed  in  Le  Louvre.  A  ritual  aes- 
thetic function  replaces  the  ritual  religious  function.  This 
one-way  street,  as  Benjamin  might  have  called  it,  charts  a 
historical  path  that  is  difficult  to  reverse  — and  this,  I  take  it, 
is  the  story  you  seek  to  tell.  Nonetheless,  I  think  there  is 
tremendous  eschatological  energy  fueling  twentieth-century 
(and  early  twenty-first  century)  art,  and  a  thwarted  appetite 
for  "reading"  religion  in  contemporary  art. 

Let  the  conversation  begin, 

—  Caroline 

Caroline, 

I  am  happy  to  have  the  chance  to  frame  this  essay,  and  try 
to  answer  your  questions.  Let  me  first  interpose  two  points. 

The  essay  is  rather  ruthlessly  condensed  from  a  book  about 
the  place  of  religion  in  contemporary  art  (forthcoming, 
20031.  The  book  is  aimed  at  a  very  wide  readership:  so 
wide  that  part  of  my  interest  in  the  project  was  trying  not 
to  alienate  its  potentially  far-flung  readers.  There  is  an  enor- 
mous community  of  religious  practitioners  outside  of  aca- 
demia  for  whom  modernism  and  postmodernism  have  yet  to 
produce  more  than  a  sprinkling  of  viable  religious  objects. 
(The  best  scholar  of  that  wider  public,  I  think,  is  David 
Morgan.)  For  that  community,  the  book  I  have  written  may 
seem  too  little  concerned  with  religion.  In  fact,  a  major  reli- 
gious press  originally  requested  the  book,  but  it  was  turned 
down  on  the  grounds  that  it  was  mainly  about  art  and  not 
religion. 

However,  the  community  of  art  students  is  sometimes  just 
as  far-flung.  What  can  be  done  about  the  fact  that  religious 
discourse  is  so  often  excluded  from  studio  critiques?  Many 
art  students  create  works  that  cannot  be  identified  with  any 
major  religion,  but  which  are,  nevertheless,  clearly  spiritual. 
In  my  experience,  it  is  rare  to  find  studio  art  instructors  or 
art  critics  who  are  willing  to  address  the  religious  aspects 


of  such  work  unless,  of  course,  the  art  is  clearly  critical  of 
religion,  adapts  an  ironic  tone,  or  is  privately  spiritual  in  the 
way  Bettye  Saar's  altars  are.  From  an  art  student's  point  of 
view,  words  like  "religion,"  and  even  "spirituality,"  may  be 
inappropriate:  they  sound  clumsy  or  literal,  and  students 
tend  to  avoid  them  even  when  they  are  the  best  available 
terms  to  describe  the  work.  Serious,  content-oriented  reli- 
gious criticism  is  virtually  absent  from  current  art  instruc- 
tion. So,  my  book  is  also  meant  to  reassure  readers  that  I 
will  not  be  using  words  like  religion  as  if  they  were  ade- 
quate or  even  appropriately  descriptive. 

The  third  community  of  readers  — the  historians  interested  in 
modern  and  contemporary  art,  who  sometimes  speak  a  lan- 
guage different  from  either  of  the  other  groups  — may  be 
most  embarrassed  by  the  question  of  religion,  though  most 
in  need  of  asking  it.  I  hope  their  different  perspectives  part- 
ly explain  the  tone  and  rhetorical  frame  of  the  essay. 

I  propose  a  couple  of  quite  specific  definitions  for  "religion" 
and  "spirituality."  The  deliberately  narrow  meanings  I  would 
like  to  adopt  change  the  terms  of  the  argument  somewhat. 
Let  me  take  "religion,"  then,  to  mean  any  named,  organ- 
ized, institutional  system  of  beliefs,  including  the  trappings 
of  such  systems:  the  rituals,  liturgies,  catechisms,  calen- 
dars, holy  days,  vestments,  prayers,  hymns  and  songs, 
homilies,  obligations,  sacraments,  confessions,  vows,  bar 
mitzvahs,  pilgrimages,  credos,  commandments,  and  sacred 
texts.  Religion  is  therefore  public  and  social,  requiring 
observance,  priests,  ministers,  rabbis,  or  mullahs,  choirs  or 
cantors,  and  the  congregation.  A  good  foil  for  this  sense  of 
religion  is  "spirituality."  What  I  mean  by  spirituality  — again, 
only  for  the  purposes  of  this  essay  and  the  book  — is  any  pri- 
vate, subjective,  largely  or  wholly  incommunicable,  often 
wordless  and  sometimes  even  unacknowledged  system  of 
beliefs.  Spirituality  in  this  sense  is  only  part  of  religion. 
Artists,  I  would  argue,  often  try  to  discard  the  trappings  of 
religion,  in  order  to  arrive  at  something  that  I  think  has  to 
be  called  by  a  different  name  — spirituality. 

Given  those  two  definitions,  let  me  try  to  answer  some  of 
your  questions. 

Jones:  Isn't  your  view  of  abstraction  very  literal  lor,  as 
Michael  Fried  might  say,  "literalist?")  All  you  have  to  do  is 
move  three  feet  over  in  the  Museum  of  Modern  Art,  and  you 
would  see  Barnett  Newman's  Covenant,  or  heaven  forfend, 
the  magisterial  The  Stations  of  the  Cross:  Lemi  Sabachthani 
at  the  National  Gallery  of  Art.  In  what  sense  is  the  Newman- 


ELKINS/    81 


Rothko-Morris  Louis  axis  of  sublimated  Talmudic  painting 
any  less  "about"  religion  than  the  haloed  lady  with  the 
baby? 

You  ask  whether  modernist  works  are  "any  less  'about' 
religion  than  the  haloed  lady  with  the  baby."  I  would  say 
they  are,  and  I  propose  that  the  fulcrum  of  the  argument  is 
in  the  "about."  From  a  religious  practitioner's  point  of  view, 
an  enormous  gulf  exists  between  work  that  is  "about"  reli- 
gion and  work  that  can  function  in  religious  ritual.  In  that 
sense,  modern  and  contemporary  art  really  is  profoundly 
non-religious.  Art  world  venues  admit  work  that  is  ironic 
about  religion,  that  is  openly  critical  of  religion,  that  com- 
ments on  religion,  that  modifies  religious  forms  and  sym- 
bols, that  is  private  and  spiritual  (in  the  sense  I  intend),  but 
It  does  not  admit  straightforward,  sincere  instances  of  reli- 
gious work.  Artworks  can  be  spiritual,  and  they  can  be 
about  religion,  but  they  cannot  be  religious.  For  example, 
many  religious  groups  have  used  the  Rothko  chapel  over  the 
years  (including,  for  example,  Zoroastrians),  and  I  am  happy 
to  admit  them  all  as  counterexamples  to  my  thesis.  A  few 
years  ago,  1  spent  several  days  reading  every  one  of  the  vis- 
itors' books  that  have  been  kept  since  the  chapel  opened. 
There  are  thousands  of  comments,  and  most  are  about  the 
paintings  as  abstraction  or  somehow  about  religion.  When 
the  comments  mention  religion,  they  usually  describe  the 
paintings  as  ambiguous  or  otherwise  troubling  references  to 
religious  meaning.  I  hope  my  sense  of  modernism  isn't  "lit- 
eral" if  I  make  the  distinction  between  works  that  are 
"about"  religion  and  those  that  can  function  in  religious  set- 
tings, for  religious  purposes.  The  Rothko  chapel  has  long 
done  both,  but  isn't  it  the  exception  that  proves  the  rule? 
Of  contemporary  art  production,  how  many  works  have 
functioned  as  religious  objects? 

Jones:  I  want  to  argue  with  your  history  of  modernism,  as 
well  as  art.  Wasn't  the  European  painter  "split"  even  more 
in  the  age  of  manuscript  marginalia  than  in  the  supposedly 
modern  period?  The  sacred  geometry  of  the  page  enforced 
the  separation  of  an  outer  world  of  farting  cuckolds  and  an 
inner  world  of  divine  visions,  mediated  by  the  Word. 
Instead,  the  modern  humanist  subject  was  supposed  to 
become  a  unified  soul. 

This  is  an  enormous  question  which  I  cannot  address  very 
well  here.  In  my  mind,  it  leads  directly  into  the  contempo- 
rary historiography  of  medieval  art,  especially  in  the  work  of 
the  recently  deceased   Michael   Camille.   His  debates   with 


Hans  Belting  concerning  the  "modernity"  of  medieval  art  are 
important  but  unresolved  steps. 

Jones:  What  are  the  "essentials  of  religious  meaning" 
Friedrich  strips?  What  could  be  more  essential  in  its  reli- 
giosity (essentially,  in  a  German  sense)  than  a  romantic 
churchyard  or  a  cross  on  a  mountain?  It  seems  to  me  that 
modern  artists  were,  and  are,  constantly  struggling  to  find 
contemporaneous  ways  to  speak  the  divine  (if  always  out- 
side the  official  strictures  of  the  church). 

No  one  knows  how  Friedrich  intended  to  use  his  altar,  and 
no  one  can  quite  say  how  his  cromlechs,  ruined  churches, 
or  wayside  shrines  carry  religious  meaning.  Joseph 
Koerner's  reading— that  they  are  metaphors  of  self,  pres- 
ence, and  memory  — is  far  from  religion;  and  some  other 
readings  are  too  close  because  they  see  things  like  crom- 
lechs as  simple  signifiers  of  Friedrich's  sense  of  religion, 
whatever  that  may  be.  It  is  entirely  true  that  "modern  artists 
were,  and  are,  constantly  struggling  to  find  contemporane- 
ous ways  to  speak  the  divine."  In  the  vocabulary  I  propose, 
"divine"  is  closer  to  spirituality  than  religion:  it  is  private, 
non-social,  and  partly  incommunicable.  Erasing  the  differ- 
ence between  the  largely  illegible  evidence  of  Friedrich's 
spirituality  in  his  paintings,  and  contemporary  German 
Pietism  (Friedrich's  religion),  would  also  erase  the  distance 
between  his  fragmentary  iconography  and  contemporane- 
ous religious  iconography.  I  want  to  maintain  that  differ- 
ence, and  distance. 

Jones:  Is  your  theory  confounded  by  the  fact  that  Van  Gogh 
worked  as  a  lay  preacher  during  the  period  of  the  Potato 
Eaters?  There  seems  to  be  a  confusion  in  your  account 
between  the  spiritual  aspirations  of  the  artists,  the  embar- 
rassment of  art  history  over  "modern  religious  art"  at  the 
Vatican,  and  the  continuous  use  of  images  — even  modern 
ones  — in  popular  religion  throughout  the  twentieth  century 
(see  the  illustration  of  Frank  Stella's  cruciform  copper  paint- 
ing in  a  1960s  article  about  Teilhard  de  Chardin).  Would  a 
theory  of  reception  be  more  pertinent? 

Is  my  theory  "confounded"  by  these  facts?  I  hope  not! 
Since  you  mention  theories  of  reception,  and  since  we  are 
both  interested  in  them,  let  me  mention  Carol  Zemel's 
excellent  work  on  Van  Gogh  — a  model  of 
Rezeptionsgeschichte.  Van  Gogh  has  certainly  been  evalu- 
ated as  a  religious  painter.  Otherwise,  it  would  be  hard  to 
account  for  his  popularity.   But  what,   exactly,   is  religious 


82    /ELKINS 


about  the  art'  For  some  people,  it  has  been  necessary  to 
find  overt  symbols  where  none  may  exist:  heavenly  appari- 
tions, Last  Judgments,  and  symbols  of  the  incarnation.  A 
recent  exhibition  we  had  at  the  Art  Institute  in  Chicago,  Van 
Gogh  and  Gauguin,  is  a  nice  illustration  of  the  problem.  In 
the  very  detailed  catalog,  there  is  only  a  single  paragraph 
devoted  to  the  "spiritual"  meanings  of  Starry  Night, 
because  as  historians,  we  are  justifiably  wary  of  speculat- 
ing, which  is  exactly  what  Van  Gogh  forces  us  to  do.  My 
own  sense  is  that  he  was  conflicted  and  not  fully  articulate 
about  the  ways  his  art  worked  as  religious  and  the  ways  it 
referred  to  religion.  The  history  of  reception  indicates  that 
this  very  point  continues  to  perplex  viewers. 

Jones:  "Contemporary  art,  I  think,  is  as  far  from  organized 
religion  as  Western  art  has  ever  been..."  Nonsense.  Visit 
IVIarina  Abramovic,  granddaughter  of  a  Serbian  saint,  fast- 
ing away  in  the  Sean  Kelly  gallery  this  month  (through 
December  2002).  Or  go  check  out  Damien  Hirst's  crucified 
skeleton,  Chris  Ofili's  Nigerian-rap  Madonna,  Ann 
Hamilton's  penitential  table  of  weeping  teeth,  or  Kiki 
Smith's  Madonna  performance  on  the  parade  to  MoMA  in 
Queens.  From  a  few  decades  back,  see  Chris  Burden's 
relics,  Beuys  and  his  dead  hare,  De  Maria's  minimalist  Star 
of  David,  or  Hannah  Wilke's  Intra-Venus.  The  breakdown  of 
modernism  into  postmodernism  only  fueled  an  ongoing 
effort  to  continue  to  import  ever  more  of  the  standard  con- 
cerns of  religion  into  art  (note  the  substantial  postmodern 
literature  on  the  sublime,  for  example).  Do  you  really  think 
you  can  tell  the  "grain  of  history"  from  a  quick  paging 
through  of  the  modernist  canon,  as  witnessed  in  Arnason? 


all  in  my  book,  and  of  course  there  are  hundreds  more.)  But 
such  art  is  about  religion;  it  doesn't  instantiate  religion. 
When  contemporary  artwork  is  called  "religious,"  I  become 
worried  that  we  may  lose  the  ability  to  make  a  distinction 
between  images  like  those  judged  by  Sister  Wendy  for  the 
National  Catholic  Reporter,  which  can  and  do  work  in 
churches,  and  those  which  refer  to  religion  from  within  an 
art  world  context.  I  worry  that  the  claim  that  art  and  reli- 
gion are  still  productively  mingled  can  underwrite  the  fur- 
ther claim  that  the  art  world  and  the  institutions  and  artists 
involved  in  popular  religion  are  effectively  intertwined.  (As 
they  seem  to  be,  for  example,  in  the  work  of  Christian 
Jankowski.)  To  me,  differences  run  deep  and  need  to  be 
theorized,  as  Victor  Taylor  (Para/Inquiry)  and  Mark  Taylor 
[Disfiguring)  have  tried  to  do.  And  I  worry,  too,  about  the 
effect  on  art-teaching  if  the  near-absence  of  critical  dis- 
course on  religious  meaning  is  taken  as  an  asked-and- 
answered  question.  Arnason  is  not  an  authority  (thank 
goodness!)  but  even  the  few  examples  he  cites  nearly  all 
involve  references  to  religious  practices.  They  are  not,  in 
pragmatic  terms,  viable  as  religious  objects  outside  of  art- 
world  contexts.  Burden's  relics  are  a  perfect  example  of 
what  I  am  provisionally  calling  "spiritual"  work;  so  are 
Beuys's  fetish  objects,  and  even  Spero's  stenciled  figures 
and  Kiefer's  burned  books. ..that  list  is  endless.  But  consid- 
er how  very  few  examples  there  are  of  religious  works 
made  for  churches  or  used  in  religious  ceremonies: 
Matisse's  Chapel  in  Vence,  Cocteau's  church  murals  in 
Villefranche-sur-Mer,  and  a  half-dozen  others  — as  against 
the  hundreds  of  thousands  of  works  that  are  secular,  iron- 
ic, or  largely  private. 


Here,  you  say  my  assertion  that  contemporary  art  is  as  far 
from  religion  as  art  practices  ever  have  been,  is  "nonsense." 
This  is  the  crux  of  the  matter.  In  one  sense,  it  is  true  that 
my  claim  is  "nonsense"  because  there  are  many  artists  who 
work  with  religious  themes.  (The  ones  you  name  are  almost 


I  hope  this  makes  sense  and  that  I  have  convinced  you  just 
a  little.  The  whole  subject  is  fascinating  to  me  not  least 
because  it  seems  so  nearly  impossible  to  frame  for  all  audi- 
ences: a  sure  sign  that  it  is  buried  very  deeply  in  our  use  of 
language  and  critique. 


ELKINS/    83 


t  I  N    2.  PRtii> 


IOC  ISO)  ■" 


84    /URBAN 


FLORIAN    URBAN 

THE    SPIRIT    OF    THE    CITY: 

TRANSCENDENCE    AND    URBAN    DESIGN    IN 

POSTWAR    BERLIN 


Hauptstadt  Berlin 

In  1958,  thirteen  years  after  the  war  had  ended,  the  city  of 
West  Berlin,  in  collaboration  with  the  West  German 
Government  in  Bonn,  organized  a  peculiar  competition. 
Architects  and  urban  planners  were  asked  for  proposals  to 
redesign  both  halves  of  Berlin's  divided  inner  city  as  the 
center  for  a  German  capital.  The  participants  had  to  base 
their  entries  on  the  imaginary  grounds  that  Berlin  was  reuni- 
fied, that  they  had  unlimited  financial  resources,  and  that 
they  possessed  infinite  political  power.'  Although  the  polit- 
ical and  economical  preconditions  were  deeply  unrealistic, 
the  competition,  Hauptstadt  Berlin  (Capital  Berlin),  was  any- 
thing but  Utopian.  The  planning  guidelines  to  which  the  par- 
ticipants had  to  adhere  were  taken  from  existing  Western 
European  cities.  Regarded  as  "the  most  important  competi- 
tion in  Europe,"  Hauptstadt  Berlin  was  paradigmatic  for 
urban  design  practice  in  the  postwar  era.^ 

Nearly  all  the  proposals  advocated  a  comprehensive 
destruction  of  Berlin's  historic  urban  fabric,  even  though  a 
significant  portion  had  survived  the  war  and  could  have 
been  restored. ■^  At  the  same  time,  competition  organizers, 
participants,  and  commentators  repeatedly  emphasized  nos- 
talgia for  the  site  and  wanted  to  maintain  the  historic  con- 
tinuity of  the  proposed  new  city  with  the  metropolis  of  the 
prewar  era.  This  apparent  contradiction  was  tightly  con- 
nected to  a  conception  of  the  city  as  a  spiritual  entity.  Most 
proposals  were  imbued  with  the  idea  of  a  transcendental 
urban  force  — a  "spirit  of  the  city."  This  concept,  which  was 
promoted  by  participants  and  critics,  has  to  be  related  both 
to  the  experience  of  the  wartime  destruction  in  Berlin  and 
to  the  notion  of  progress  and  renewal  that  had  been  devel- 
oped in  the  prewar  era.  The  pattern  of  representing  the  city 
in  quasi-religious  terms  proved  consequential  for  the  remod- 


eling of  Berlin  and  other  German  cities  in  subsequent 
decades,  and  accounted  for  a  number  of  difficulties  with 
which  the  city  still  has  to  contend  at  both  the  social  and  the 
infrastructural  level. 

Restructuring  the  Historic  Center 

The  jury  of  the  Hauptstadt  Berlin  competition  included  West 
Berlin's  Head  of  Construction  Hans  Stephan,  the  architects 
Otto  Bartning,  Werner  Hebebrand,  and  Edgar  Wedepohl, 
and  numerous  other  prominent  architects  and  construction 
officials.*  With  the  exception  of  Cornelius  van  Eesteren 
from  Amsterdam,  Pierre  Vago  from  Paris,  and  Alvar  Aalto 
from  Helsinki,  all  jurors  were  German.  They  promoted  a 
homogeneous  vision  of  a  modernist  city,  with  functional 
separation,  loosely  dispersed  high-rise  buildings,  and  the  pri- 
macy of  the  automobile.  With  respect  to  both  its  break  from 
the  existing  city  and  the  scale  of  the  proposed  streets  and 
buildings,  the  most  radical  proposal  was  not  that  of  the  first 
prize  winner,  the  office  of  Spengelin,  Eggeling,  Pempelfort, 
but  rather  that  of  Hans  Scharoun  and  Wils  Ebert,  who  were 
awarded  one  of  two  second  prizes  (Fig.  1).5 

Journalist  Erich  Link  singled  out  Scharoun  and  Ebert's  com- 
petition entry  as  a  "truly  great  design  proposal,"  whose 
essence  could  be  summarized  by  its  extraordinary  "human 
scale. "^  Sabina  Lietzmann  pointed  out  that  the  proposal's 
great  achievement  lay  in  its  "respect  for  the  historically 
given  fixed  points  in  Berlin's  inner  city"  and  in  the  fact  that 
it  conserved  "the  layout  of  the  old  city  plan."'  Today,  these 
judgments  are  profoundly  baffling  since  the  implementation 
of  Scharoun  and  Ebert's  proposal  would  have  required  the 
demolition  of  nearly  all  of  the  surviving  prewar  buildings, 
including  some  historic  monuments  that  the  competition 
organizers  had  listed  as  "fixed  points,"  meaning  that  their 


URBAN,'    85 


preservation  was  desirable,  though  not  required.  Scharoun 
and  Ebert  proposed  an  inner  city  scattered  with  solitary 
buildings  spread  at  great  distances  from  each  other,  sur- 
rounded by  enormous  pedestrian  zones.  Some  of  the  build- 
ings would  measure  more  than  ten  times  the  width  of 
Berlin's  broadest  boulevard,  Unter  den  Linden.  As  a  conse- 
quence of  the  strictly  asymmetric  outlines  of  buildings  and 
surrounding  areas,  the  prewar  street  plan  would  be  wiped 
out.  In  order  to  maintain  the  huge  pedestrian  spaces  and  to 
keep  motor  traffic  low,  the  plan  proposed  even  more  enor- 
mous subterranean  parking  lots.  The  largest  would  be  situ- 
ated under  an  area  in  the  southern  Friedrichstadt,  approxi- 
mately five  hundred  meters  wide  and  two  kilometers  long, 
indicated  by  the  horizontal,  slightly  bent  structure  in  the 
lower  third  of  the  drawing.  Berlin's  inner  city,  as  a  whole, 
would  be  accessible  through  numerous  six-  to  eight-lane 
freeways  which  far  exceeded  the  competition  organizers' 
requirements.  Some  of  the  proposed  lanes  were  more  than 
one  hundred  meters  wide,  cutting  through  residential  neigh- 
borhoods that  had  been  spared  by  wartime  destruction.  Due 
to  the  enormous  scale  of  buildings  and  traffic  areas,  the 
coherence  and  consistency  of  Scharoun  and  Ebert's  city 
design  proposal  could  hardly  be  experienced  by  the  pedes- 
trian user  of  these  spaces,  but  would  be  limited  to  the 
bird's-eye-view  of  the  plan. 

World  City  Spirit 

In  his  call  for  proposals.  West  Berlin's  Head  of  Construction 
and  jury  member  Hans  Stephan  emphasized  that,  "the  spir- 
itual task  (die  geistige  Aufgabe)  of  the  competition. ..is  to 
revive  and  express  the  image  of  a  world  city  (das  Bild  einer 
We/tstadt)  and  capital  Berlin  in  a  modern... form. "S  The 
belief  in  a  spiritual  essence  of  the  city,  which  pervaded  the 
competition,  was  epitomized  by  the  term  Weltstadt  (World 
City).  We/tstadt  was  first  and  foremost  a  cultural  assertion, 
explicitly  rooted  in  the  international  significance  that  the 
city  had  had  before  the  war.  Organizers  and  participants 
repeatedly  stressed  their  commitment  to  the  "spirit"  (Geist) 
of  prewar  Berlin,  implying  that  a  quintessential  metaphysi- 
cal force  — unalterable  by  political  and  economic  change  or 
even  demolition  — was  still  inherent  in  the  present  city  of 
ruins  and  political  division.  Since  this  culturally  defined 
"spirit  of  the  city"  was  unaffected  by  the  aggression  implic- 
it in  the  Nazi  capital's  claims  for  metropolitan  significance, 
it  was  able  to  warrant  an  unambiguously  positive  concep- 
tion of  historic  continuity. 

In  Hans  Scharoun's  plan  tor  Berlin,  the  "spirit  of  the  city" 
was  omnipresent.   Scharoun  claimed  that  the  city's  meta- 


physical essence,  solidified  in  a  primordial  image,  constitut- 
ed the  foundation  of  urban  life.  In  Hauptstadt  Berlin,  he 
explicitly  connected  this  notion  of  spirit  to  a  remote  (and 
better)  past; 

In  order  to  liberate  us  from  the  grips  of  a  concept 
that  has  become  alien  to  the  city's  nature  (i.e.  the 
nineteenth-century  notion  of  the  city),  we  need  a 
fundamental  idea,  such  as  that  which  was  still 
alive  in  the  context  of  the  medieval  city.  We  have 
to  regain. ..the  spiritually  based  notion  of  struc- 
ture, because  this  is  the  only  way  to  reintegrate 
the  civilizing  impulse  into  our  cities  in  a  meaning- 
ful way. 3 

Treating  urban  structure  as  a  spiritual  element,  Scharoun 
thus  established  the  diagrammatic  simplicity  of  a  city  plan 
as  an  a  priori  value. 

The  main  characteristic  of  Scharoun's  "structure"  was  a 
clarity  and  comprehensibility  that  could  be  experienced 
immediately: 

Contemporary  representations  of  medieval  cities 
show  the  clarity  of  the  city  and  the  comprehensi- 
bility of  its  structure  as  a  pictorial  form  (gestalt- 
bi/dhaft)  in  the  same  way  the  city  presents  itself 
to  the  gaze  of  the  arriving  traveler.  The  big  city  (of 
the  present)  does  not  allow  for  a  repetition  of 
such  a  silhouette  effect.  Its  essence  can  only  be 
experienced  optically  from  the  core  — from  the 
inside.  In  Berlin,  this  is  offered  through  the  large 
space  of  the  Tiergarten  (the  Central  Park);  the 
areas  close  to  the  Tiergarten  are  provided  with  the 
corresponding  form  (Gestalt).^'^ 

Similarly,  Scharoun  regarded  his  submission  to  the 
l-iauptstadt  Berlin  as  a  "solution  in  accordance  with  the 
nature  of  the  city."^i  According  to  Scharoun,  it  was  this 
spiritual  "nature  of  the  city"  that  lies  at  the  bottom  of  the 
form-giving  process. 

We  believe  that  what  we  can  achieve  at  the 
moment  is  the  organic  form  of  the  building,  the 
city,  and  the  society....  Therefore,  our  task  is  to 
strive  for  form,  to  tackle  the  "secret  of  form" 
(Geheimnis  der  Gestalt).  This  striving  for  form  is 
an  issue  of  the  spirit  (Ge/sf)  — "spirit  happens,  spir- 
it is  an  event. "^2 


36    /URBAN 


m-  -^ 


This  line  of  thought  can  be  traced  back  to  the  prewar  era 
and  Fritz  Schumacher,  who  conceived  of  a  building,  and 
even  more  so,  a  city,  as  acting  like  an  "organism"  or  a  "liv- 
ing thing. "13 

The  fundamental  problem  of  Scharoun's  "splrltually-based 
notion  of  structure"  Is  Its  ambiguous  representation.  Since 
he  considered  It  profoundly  wrong  to  "let  the  picturesque  of 
the  romantic  medieval  city  distract  us  from  the  structure 
that  Is  so  essential  and  Important  for  us,"  he  resisted  trans- 
lating his  structure  into  a  formal  reference  to  the  historic 
city.'*  Not  the  form,  but  the  Intrinsic  structure  of  the  his- 
toric city,  its  "fundamental  Idea,"  was  supposed  to  guide 
his  design.  Regarding  this  Idea  as  an  objective  regulatory 
principle,  Scharoun  thus  feigned  the  general  validity  of  his 
individual  experience.  At  the  same  time,  he  generated  a 
powerful  new  urban  paradigm. 


flexible  terms,  the  "spirit  of  the  city"  lacks  a  formal  equiva- 
lent. The  spiritual  conception  of  the  city,  tied  to  a  lasting 
structure  of  the  city,  became  a  matter  of  faith.  It  seems  that 
in  the  1950s,  Scharoun  and  his  contemporaries  had  subli- 
mated their  experience  of  rupture  and  wartime  destruction 
and  their  desire  for  comprehensive  renewal  Into  the  quasl- 
rellglous  belief  In  the  "unalterable  essence  of  the  city," 
which  they  deemed  fundamentally  ahlstorlcal  and  thus, 
possessing  eternal  validity.  This  conviction  inspired  their 
persuasive  model.  The  city  was  seen  as  Imbued  with  the 
spirit  of  historic  continuity.  As  a  self-sufficient  "organic" 
body.  It  was  supposed  to  work  autonomously  according  to 
primordial  laws.  In  the  debate  surrounding  the  Hauptstadt 
Berlin  competition,  it  became  apparent  that  the  role  of  the 
hermetic  Images  and  verbal  representations  that  attempted 
to  capture  the  "spirit  of  the  city"  was  to  stabilize  and  mon- 
itor this  new  urban  model  concept. 


The  methodological  device  Scharoun  used  to  shape  his 
model  concept  divorced  the  city  from  Its  verbal  and  pictori- 
al  representation.   Since  clarity  and   comprehensibility   are 


The  destruction  of  the  historic  urban  fabric,  which  the 
entries  to  the  Hauptstadt  Berlin  competition  proposed  and 
which  was  carried  out  in  many  German  cities  in  the  decade 


URBAN,'    87 


that  followed,  was  closely  related  to  a  mindset  that  framed 
the  city  in  quasi-religious  terms.  The  analysis  of  the  debate 
over  the  competition  also  shows  that  all  participants,  organ- 
izers, and  onlookers  connected  the  promise  of  a  better 
future  to  a  nostalgic  account  of  the  past.  Throughout  the 
competition,  memories  of  the  prewar  period  were  frozen 
into  fixed  images,  endowed  with  new  significance,  and 
translated  into  an  aesthetic  scheme.  Thus,  architects  and 
critics  developed  a  concept  of  the  city  as  an  autonomous, 
hermetic  organism  permeated  by  a  spiritual  essence.  This 
model  was  characterized  by  a  self-referential  logic,  and  was 
tied  to  an  idea  of  historic  continuity  that  functioned  inde- 
pendently from  the  existence  of  historic  urban  fabric.  The 
examination  of  the  Hauptstadt  Berlin  competition  shows 
how  this  model  was  controlled  by  a  specific  way  of  repre- 
senting the  city  in  spiritual  terms,  both  on  a  rhetorical  and 
on  a  pictorial  level.  The  effects  of  this  process,  both  in  the 
physical  form  of  the  city  and  in  the  debate  on  urban  restruc- 
turing, are  still  felt. 


Notes 

1  Carola  Hem,  "Planungsgrundlagen  fur  den  stadtischen  Ideenwettbewerb 
'Hauptstadt  Berlin'  — Denkschnft  Berlin"  (Call  for  proposals  for  the  competition 
"HaupstsTadt  Berlin,"  19571,  in  Hauptstadt  Berlin.  Internationaler  stadtebaulich- 
er  Ideenwettbewerb  1957/58,  edited  by  Helmut  Geisert,  Dons  Haneberg,  and 
Carola  Hem.  Berlinische  Galene  {Berlin:  Berlinische  Galerie.  c1990l,  298. 
Catalog  for  an  exhibition  at  the  Martin-Gropius-Bau,  Berlin  from  3  November 
1990  to  6  January  1991, 

2  "Bedeutendster  Wettbewerb  Europas,"  Der  Tagesspiegel  (June  29,   1958}. 

3  Most  scholars  believe  that  more  historic  buildings  were  demolished  as  a  result 
of  urban  renewal  in  postwar  Berlin  than  had  been  destroyed  during  the  war- 
Compare  Wolfgang  Schache,  "Von  der  Stunde  Null  und  der  Legende  des 
WJederaufbaus,"  in  Wendezeiten  in  Architektur  und  Stadtplanung  in  the  series 
Arbeitshefte  des  Instituts  fur  Stadt-  und  Regionalplanung  der  TU  Berlin  Vol.  36, 
edited  by  Erich  Konter  (Berlin:  Universitatsbibliothek  der  Technischen 
Universitat  Berlin,  1986),  79;  and  Wolfgang  Schache  and  Wolfgang  J-  Streich, 
"Wiederaufbau  Oder  Neuaufbau?  Uber  die  Legende  der  total  zerstdrten  Stadt," 
in  IFP  Stadtenttwicklung  Berlin  nach  1945.  ISR-Diskussionsbeitrag  Nr.  17,  edit- 
ed by  Wolfgang  Schache  and  Wolfgang  J.  Streich  (Berlin,  1985),  44.  In  1945, 
approximately  fifty  percent  of  Berlin's  inner  city  was  destroyed- 

4  Hein,  445, 

5  From  1 945  to  1  946,  Hans  Scharoun  ( 1  893-1 972)  was  the  director  of  the  (still 
undivided)  city  planning  commission,  where  he  authored  the  first  comprehen- 
sive reconstruction  plan  for  all  of  Berlin,  In  1946,  he  became  the  director  of  the 
urban  design  program  at  West   Berlin's   Technische  Universitat,   a  position  he 


held  until  his  retirement  in  1958.  In  addition,  from  1955  to  1968.  he  was  the 
president  of  the  renowned  Akademie  der  Kunste.  Wils  Ebert  was  a  Berlin-based 
architect.  The  )ury  awarded  the  first  prize  to  the  office  of  Friedrich  Spengeiin. 
Fritz  Eggeling.  and  Gerd  Pempelfort.  based  in  Hamburg  and  Hanover,  The  other 
second  prize  was  given  to  Egon  Hartmann  (Mainz)  and  Waiter  Nickert 
(Gelsenkirchen).  Hauptstadt  Berlin,   1990,  445-446. 

6  Erich  Link,  "Erne  City  ohne  Zukunft'  Glanz  und  Elend  eines  Wettbewerbs,"  Die 
Kuitur  (March  1,  1959).  "Der  Begriff  'menschlicher  Maftstab'  ..trifft  bei 
Scharoun/Ebert  die  'Kennzeichnung  der  Substanz.' ' 

7  Sabina  Lietzmann.  "Der  Ideenwettbewerb  'Hauptstadt  Berlin,'"  Neue  Zurcher 
Zeitung  (August  17,  1958).  "Der  Grundnfi  der  aiten  Stadtanlage  ist  im  iibrigen 
gewahrt.  wie  uberhaupt  bei  alien  Entwurfen  em  Respekt  vor  den  historisch 
gegebenen  Fixpunkten  der  Berliner  City  zu  beobachten  ist." 

8  Hans  Stephan,  "Hauptstadt  Berlin.  Ein  politischer  Wettbewerb,"  Bauen  und 
Wohnen  3  (1959);  105.  "Als  geistige  Aufgabe  des  Wettbewebs  war  gefordert. 
daB  die  Wiederaufbauvorschlage  in  moderner,  ,  Form  das  Bild  einer  Welt-  und 
Hauptstadt  Berlin  wieder  sichtbar  zum  Ausdruck  bnngen  sollten."  Quoted  by 
Hubert  Hoffmann, 

9  Hans  Scharoun,  "Vom  Stadt-Wesen  und  Architekt-Sein"  [speech  at  the  award 
ceremony  for  the  Fritz-Schumacher-Prize  in  Hamburg,  dated  December  9, 
19541,  Hans  Scharoun:  Bauten.  Entwurfe,  Texte.  edited  by  Peter  Pfannkuch,  in 
the  series  Schnftenreihe  der  Akademie  der  Kunste  Vol.  10,  Berlin,  1993.  229. 
"Es  bedarf  der  Kraft  einer  tragenden  Idee,  wie  sie  in  diesem  Zusammenhang  m 
der  mittelalterlichen  Stadt  noch  lebendig  war,  um  uns  aus  den  Klammern  etnes 
wesensfremd  gewordenen  Begriffs  (das  Konzept  der  vormodernen  Stadt]  zu 
befreien.  [DenI  seellsch-geistig  fundierten  Strukturbegriff.-.mussen  wir  zuruck- 
gewinnen,  weil  dann  wieder  em  smnvolle  Einbindung  des  Zivilisatorischen 
mbglich  sein  wird." 

10  Ibid.,  231.  "Zeitgenbssische  Darstellungen  mittelalterlicher  Stadte  zeigen 
gestaltbildhaft  das  Uberschaubare  der  Stadt  und  die  ErfaUbarkeit  ihrer 
Struktur  — so  wie  sie  sich  dem  Blick  des  Ankommenden  erschliefSt.  Die 
GrofSstadt  gestattet  keine  Wiederholung  solcher  sihouettenhaften  Wirkung.  Ihr 
Wesen  ist  nur  vom  Kern  her  — vom  Inneren  her  — optisch  erschliefSbar,  In  Berlin 
ist  dies  durch  den  weiten  Raum  des  Tiergartens  geboten,  den  dem  Tiergarten 
nahen  Stadtteilen  entsprechende  Gestalt  gegeben," 

1 1  Hans  Scharoun,  "Beschreibung  des  Wettbewerbsentwurfs  fur  Hauptstadt 
Berlin"  [description  of  the  competition  entry  for  "Hauptstadt  Berlin,"  dated  Sept 
9,  19581,  in  Scharoun  Nachlass,  archive  of  the  Berlin  Akademie  der  Kunste 
Berlin,  Nachlass  n.  212.  "WesensgemafSe  Losung"  [i.e.  dem  Wesen  der  Stadt 
gemaU]. 

12  Hans  Scharoun,  1954,  232.  "Wir  meinen,  das  uns  zur  Zeit  Erreichbare  ist 
die  Organform  des  Bauwerkes,  der  Stadt  und  der  Gesellschaft...  Unsere 
Aufgabe  also  ist  das  Gestaltanliegen,  das  Angehen  des  'Geheimnisses  der 
Gestalt,'  Dieses  Gestaltanliegen  ist  eine  Sache  des  Geistes  — Geist  geschieht, 
Geist  ist  Ereignis." 

1  3  Fritz  Schumacher,  Der  Geist  der  Baukunst  (Berlin:  Deutsche  Verlags-Anstalt, 

1938),  206. 

14  Hans  Scharoun,  1  954,  229.  ".,.sich  durch  das  Malerische  der  romantischen. 


/URBAN 


mittelalterlichen   Stadt   in   ihrer   fur   uns   wesenhaften   und   wichtigen   Struktur  (detail).   The  small  building   with  four  towers  in  the  middle  is  the  Reichstag, 

ablenken  zu  lassen."  which  the  participants  were  required  to  preserve  according  to  the  competition 

guidelines.  The  government  center  is  to  the  left  of  the  Reichstag.  In  the  upper 

ILLUSTRATIONS  right  corner  stands  Museum  Island  with  the  Schlossplatz,  next  to  the  octagonal 

Fig,     1:    Hauptstadt    Berlin.    Internationaler   stadtebaulicher    Ideenwettbewerb  Leipziger  Platz.  In  the  lower  right  corner  is  the  detail  of  a  shopping  center  and 

1957/58.    1990,  81.  Scharoun  and  Ebert's  proposal  for  the  Hauptstadt  Berlin  the  enormous  subterranean   parking   structure.   Picture  taken  from  Berlinische 

competition.  Galerie,  ed..  Hauptstadt  Berlin.  Internationaler  stadtebaulicher  Ideenwettbewerb 

Fig.   2:   Scharoun   and   Ebert's  proposal  for  the  Hauptstadt  Berlin  competition  1957.58.  Berlin,  1990,  79. 


URBAN'     89 


90    /CHA 


JAE    CHA 
CHURCH     IN    URUBO,     BOLIVIA 


This  project  is  In  Urubo,  a  rural  village  twenty  minutes  by 
car  from  Santa  Cruz,  Bolivia.  The  village  lacks  a  viable  econ- 
omy; because  the  men  work  in  remote  cities  for  weeks  at  a 
time,  the  women  have  a  dominant  presence  In  the  village. 
The  people  of  Urubo  live  predominantly  In  traditional  mud 
huts  and  do  not  have  a  public  meeting  space  for  communal 
activities.  Consequently,  the  project  evolved  Into  a  commu- 
nity center  designed  specifically  for  women  and  children  — 
an  open  structure  able  to  accommodate  1  50  people.  It  Is 
intended  for  use  as  a  church,  but  also  functions  as  a  kinder- 
garten and  a  market  place. 

The  project  took  the  form  of  a  collaboration  between  skilled 
workers  from  the  community  and  voluntary  workers  organ- 
ized by  the  NGOs  which  financed  the  project.  It  was  over- 
seen by  LIGHT,  a  non-governmental,  non-profit  organization 
dedicated  to  creating  small-scale  civic  architecture  for  eco- 
nomically diverse  and  self-supporting,  yet  developing  com- 
munities. 

The  design  concept  is  based  on  the  verse  from  2 
Corinthians  3:16:  "Now  the  Lord  is  the  Spirit,  and  where 
the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  is,  there  is  freedom."  This  idea  is  best 
expressed  in  the  open,  uncluttered,  and  circular  plan.  The 
open  plan  allows  for  people  to  sit  on  individual  stools  and 
move  about  as  they  wish,  unlike  the  fixed  pews  found  In 
conventional  church  design. 


CHA/    91 


The  design  of  the  church  also  maximized  natural  energy 
resources.  In  Urubo,  the  connections  to  water  and  electric- 
ity sources  are  relatively  straightforward.  The  services  and 
storage  for  the  church  are  contained  in  a  pre-existing  adja- 
cent building  to  ease  maintenance  and  to  manage  insects. 
Thus,  the  church  is  fully  open,  allowing  natural  light  and 
wind  to  fill  the  room. 


92    /'CHA 


CHA/    93 


ILLUSTRATION    CREDITS 

ISRAEL;  Fig.  1 :  Reprinted  from  Sensation:  Young  British  Artists  from 
the  Saatchi  Collection  (New  York:  Thames  and  Hudson,  1  998),  1  33; 
Figs,  2  &  3;  Reprinted  from  Lorenza  Trucchi,  Francis  Bacon, 
Translated  by  Jofin  Sfiepley  (New  York:  Harry  N.  Abrams,  Inc., 
1975),  plates  70  and  26. 

ASHER:  Alt  images  are  by  the  author  of  the  article. 

PICCIOTTO:  Image  courtesy  of  Wijrzburg  Universitatis  Bibliothek. 

JONES;  All  images  courtesy  of  the  Estate  of  Robert 
Smithson/Licensed  by  VAGA,  New  York. 

DOMEYKO;  All  images  are  by  the  author  of  the  article. 

APARICIO  GUISADO;  All  images  are  by  the  author  of  the  article. 

JAR20MBEK;  All  images  reprinted  from  The  Splendor  of  Dresden: 
Five  Centuries  of  Art  Collecting  (New  York;  IVIetropolitan  Museum  of 
Art,  19781. 

ANDERSON;  All  photos  are  by  the  author  of  the  article;  Fig.  2: 
Reprinted  from  Gonzalo  Borras  Gualis,  El  Islam  de  Cordoba  at 
Mudejar  (IVIadrid:  Silex,  c1990);  Fig.  5:  Reprinted  from  Sheiia  Blair 
and  Jonathan  Bloom,  The  Art  &  Architecture  of  Islam  1250-1800 
(New  Haven;  Yale  University  Press,  1994). 


RABBAT;  All  images  are  by  the  author  of  the  article. 

HADIMIOGLU;  All  images  are  by  the  author  of  the  article. 

AKKACH;  Fig.  1:  Reprinted  from  J. 8.  Harley  and  David  Woodward 
(eds.).  The  History  of  Cartography  (Chicago;  University  of  Chicago 
Press,  1987),  vol.  2,  plate  3;  Figs.  2  &  3;  Reprinted  from  The 
Discovery  of  the  World:  Maps  of  the  Earth  and  the  Cosmos,  /[/laps 
from  the  David  M.  Steward  Collection  (IVIontreal;  David  M,  Steward 
Museum,  1985),  80-81;  Fig.  4;  Reprinted  from  Harley  and 
Woodward,  vol.  2,  plate  1  1. 

ELKINS;  The  image  is  printed  courtesy  of  the  artist,  Janet  McKenzie. 

URBAN;  All  images  courtesy  of  the  Estate  of  Hans  Scharoun. 

CHA;  All  photos  are  by  Daniel  Lama. 


ERRATA 

The  following  unintentional  errors  were  made  in  Talinn  Grigor, 
"Use/Mis-Use  of  Pahlavi  Public  Monuments  and  their  Iranian 
Reclaim,"  Thresholds  24  (Spring  2002):  46-53. 

Page  48,  Paragraph  2:  "The  tomb  has  panels  narrating  the  story  of 
the  Shah..."  should  read,  "The  tomb  has  panels  narrating  the  story 
of  the  'Shahnameh.'  The  'Shahnameh'  or  the  'Book  of  Kings'  is 
Ferdowsi's  major  work.  It  tells  the  story  of  the  lives  of  various  myth- 
ical and  historic  Persian  kings.  Images  from  the  'Shahnameh'  were 
carved  on  the  walls  leading  to  the  tomb  of  Ferdowsi." 

Page  50,  Paragraph  1:  "...the  space  around  the  tomb  complex  was 
named  Freedom  Square,"  should  read  "...the  space  around  the  tomb 
complex  was  renamed  Freedom  Square,  or  The  Shahyad  Square, 
after  the  Revolution.  It  is  now  a  museum." 


94     /CREDITS 


CONTRIBUTORS 


SAMER  AKKACH  is  Senior  Lecturer  at  the  School  of  Architecture, 
Landscape  Architecture,  and  Urban  Design  at  The  University  of 
Adelaide,  and  is  Founding  Director  of  the  Centre  for  Asian  and 
Middle  Eastern  Architecture.  He  is  currently  a  visiting  scholar  at  MIT. 

LUCIA  ALLAIS  received  her  M.Arch.  from  the  Harvard  Graduate 
School  of  Design  and  a  B.S.  m  Civil  Engineering  from  Princeton 
University.  Currently,  she  is  a  Ph.D.  student  of  History,  Theory,  and 
Criticism  in  the  Department  of  Architecture  at  MIT. 

GLAIRE  ANDERSON  is  a  Ph.D.  student  of  History,  Theory,  and 
Criticism  in  the  Department  of  Architecture  at  MIT.  She  received  her 
M.A.  in  Art  History  from  the  University  of  Virginia.  Her  work  focus- 
es on  Islamic  architecture  in  Spain. 

JESUS  MARIA  APARICIO  GUISADO  is  Professor  at  E.T.S.  de 
Arquitectura  de  Madrid.  He  was  recipient  of  the  Rome  Prize  in 
Architecture  and  he  represented  Spain  in  the  Biennale  di  Venezia 
2000.  Recently,  he  was  Visiting  Scholar  at  Columbia  University. 

FREDERICK  ASHER  is  Professor  of  Art  History  at  the  University  of 
Minnesota.  He  recently  completed  two  terms  as  President  of  the 
American  Institute  of  Indian  Studies  and  chairs  the  Institute's  board. 
His  research  includes  sculpture  in  Eastern  India  and  contemporary 
artists  working  in  traditional  modes.  His  most  recent  work.  Art  of 
India,  was  published  by  Encyclopaedia  Bntannica  in  December  2002. 

ZEYNEP  CELIK  is  currently  a  Ph.D.  student  in  the  History,  Theory, 
and  Criticism  section  in  the  Department  of  Architecture  at  MIT.  She 
received  her  M.Arch.  from  the  Harvard  Graduate  School  of  Design. 


JAMES  ELKINS  is  Professor  of  Visual  and  Critical  studies  in  the 
Department  of  Art  History,  Theory,  and  Criticism  at  the  School  of 
the  Art  Institute  of  Chicago.  His  recent  books  include  Pictures  and 
Tears:  A  History  of  People  Who  hiave  Cried  in  Front  of  Paintings  and 
Pictures  of  the  Body:  Pain  and  Metamorphosis. 

CAGLA  HADIMIOGLU  received  her  B.Arch.  from  the  Cooper  Union 
in  1993,  her  M.Arch.  from  Princeton  University  in  2000,  and  recent- 
ly completed  her  S.M.Arch.S.  at  MIT. 

MARK  JARZOMBEK  is  Associate  Professor  of  History,  Theory,  and 
Criticism  in  the  Department  of  Architecture  at  MIT.  He  has  written 
on  a  variety  of  subjects  from  the  Renaissance  to  the  modern. 

CAROLINE  JONES  is  Associate  Professor  of  contemporary  art  and 
theory  in  the  Department  of  Architecture  at  MIT.  Author  of  the  prize- 
winning  Machine  in  the  Studio  (Chicago  1996/98),  she  is  currently 
completing  Eyesight  Alone:  Clement  Greenberg's  Modernism  and 
the  Bureaucratization  of  the  Senses. 

DANIEL  BERTRAND  MONK  is  Associate  Professor  at  the  State 
University  of  New  York,  Stony  Brook,  where  he  co-directs  the  grad- 
uate certificate  program  in  Philosophy  and  Art  and  is  a  member  of 
the  Middle  East  Studies  faculty.  He  was  recipient  of  the  SSRC's 
MacArthur  Fellowship  in  International  Peace  and  Security.  He  is 
presently  working  on  a  book  entitled  The  Politics  of  Retrospection: 
Framing  Middle  East  History  in  the  Aftermath  of  the  June  1967 
Arab-Israeli  War. 

MICHAEL  OSMAN  is  currently  a  Ph.D.  student  of  History,  Theory, 
and  Criticism  in  the  Department  of  Architecture  at  MIT.  He  received 
his  M.Arch.  from  the  Yale  School  of  Architecture  in  2001  and  spent 
the  following  year  on  a  Fulbright  Fellowship  in  Tel  Aviv. 


JAE  CHA  IS  the  founder  of  LIGHT.  She  received  her  M.Arch.  from 
Yale  University  and  her  B.A.  from  Wellesley  College.  She  was  a 
Rotary  Foundation  Japan  Scholar  between  1993-95. 


JOANNA  PICCIOTTO  is  Assistant  Professor  of  English  at  Princeton 
University.  She  is  working  on  a  book  entitled  The  Work  That 
Remains:  Labors  of  Innocence  in  Early  Modern  England. 


JONATHAN  COONEY  is  a  Ph.D.  student  in  the  Division  of  Religious 
and  Theological  Studies  at  Boston  University.  He  holds  an  M.A.  from 
Southwest  Missouri  State  University  and  the  M.Div.  from  United 
Theological  Seminary  in  Dayton,  Ohio.  He  is  currently  the  pastor  of 
Bryantville  United  Methodist  Church  in  Pembroke,  MA. 


NASSER  RABBAT,  a  member  of  the  History,  Theory,  and  Criticism 
section,  IS  the  Aga  Khan  Professor  of  Islamic  Architecture  at  MIT. 
He  teaches  courses  on  Islamic  architecture,  medieval  urban  history 
and  historiography,  and  post-colonial  criticism  and  its  ramifications 
for  the  study  of  architectural  history. 


FERNANDO  DOMEYKO  has  taught  at  the  University  of  Chile  and  the 
Universidad  Politecnica  de  Madrid,  Currently,  he  teaches  design  at 
the  MIT.  His  work  has  been  exhibited  in  Chile,  Spain,  France, 
Belgium,  and  in  the  US,  most  recently  at  MIT  and  Columbia 
University. 


FLORIAN  URBAN  is  a  Ph.D.  student  of  History,  Theory,  and 
Criticism  in  the  Department  of  Architecture  at  MIT.  He  recieved  is 
M.A.  in  Urban  Planning  from  UCLA. 


CONTRIBUTORS/  95 


DENATURED 


The  dominant  rhetorical  stance  of  modern  science, 
environmental  discourse,  and  writing  about  nature  is 
fundamentally  positivistic  and  representational.  The 
inherent  ambiguity  in  defining  nature  is  often  used  as 
a  crutch  for  vaguely  constructed  arguments  in  the 
service  of  environmentalist  or  aesthetic  ends. 
Alternatively,  we  find  precise  usage  in  a  post- 
Enlightenment  understanding  via  a  scientific  method 
that,  by  definition,  moves  systematically  towards  lin- 
ear acquisition  of  i<nowledge.  Either  mode  of  dis- 
course avoids  an  interrogation  of  the  ambiguity  itself 
and  leads  inexorably  to  an  unexamined  distinction 
between  culture  and  nature. 


I  wish  to  speak  a  word  for  Nature,  for  absolute 
freedom  and  wildness,  as  contrasted  with  a 
freedom  and  culture  merely  civil --to  regard 
man  as  an  inhabitant,  or  a  part  and  parcel  of 
Nature,  rather  than  a  member  of  society. 

-Nature 
Henry  David  Thoreau 

It  is  suggested  that  the  production  of  modern 
cities  has  altered  the  relationship  between 
nature  and  society  in  a  series  of  material  and 
symbolic  dimensions.  It  is  only  by  radically  re- 
working the  relationship  between  nature  and 
culture  that  we  can  produce  more  progressive 
forms  of  urban  society. 

-Concrete  and  Clay: 

Reworking  Nature  in  New  Yoric  City 

Matthew  Gandy 


Thoreau's  conception  of  wildness,  a  form  of  extreme 
self-consciousness,  reveals  a  method  for  reading, 
writing,  and  understanding  nature.  This  method  for 
accessing  nature's  ambiguity,  exemplified  in  the 
essay  "Walking,"  is  less  a  product  of  romanticism  and 
more  in  concordance  with  the  equally  ambiguous  con- 
cepts of  the  rhizome,  smooth  space,  and  nomadism 
proposed  by  Gilies  Deluze  and  Felix  Guattari.  In  both 
cases,  misappropriation  by  scholars,  critics,  and  com- 
mentators precludes  an  examination  of  ambiguity 
which  may  provide  a  more  expansive  understanding 
of  nature. 

is  it  possible,  then,  that  nature  can  be  understood  not 
in  the  surveying  out  of  space  and  laying  of  lines  (or 
the  organization  of  knowledge),  but  rather  in  the 
attentiveness  to  subtle  changes  and  the  acquisition  of 
new,  non-linear  knowledge? 

Is  a  scientific  approach  towards  nature  limited  by  a 
defined  space  concerned  only  with  what  is  already 
conceivable? 

How  can  we  construct  a  conception  "ofTirban  nature 
responsive  to  ambiguity  and  how  can  we  incorporate 
such  a  nature  into  our  built  and  cultural  environ- 
ments? 

Thresholds  invites  submissions,  including  but  not  lim- 
ited to  scholarly  works,  from  all  fields.  This  issue 
encourages  a  forum  on  nature  to  be  approached  topi- 
cally, not  in  an  attempt  to  define  or  explain,  but  rather 
to  propose  philosophies  and  interpretations  of  the 
relationship  between  culture  and  nature  through  its 
inherent  ambiguity. 

Submissions  are  due  17  March  2003 


Submission  Policy 

Thresholds  attempts  to  print  only  original  material. 
Manuscripts  for  review  should  be  no  more  than  2,500  words. 
Text  must  be  formatted  in  accordance  with  The  Chicago 
Manual  of  Style.  Spelling  should  follow  American  convention 
and  quotations  must  be  translated  into  English.  All  submis- 
sions must  be  submitted  electronically,  on  a  CD  or  disk, 
accompanied  by  hard  copies  of  text  and  images.  Text  should 
be  saved  as  Microsoft  Word  or  RTF  format,  while  any  accom- 
panying images  should  be  sent  as  TIFF  files  with  a  resolution 
of  at  least  300  dpi  at  8"  x  9"  print  size.  Figures  should  be 
numbered  clearly  in  the  text.  Image  captions  and  credits  must 
be  included  with  submissions.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the 
author  to  secure  permissions  for  image  use  and  pay  any  repro- 
duction fees.  A  brief  author  bio  must  accompany  the  text. 

We  welcome  responses  to  current  Thresholds  articles. 
Responses  should  be  no  more  than  300  words  and  should 
arrive  by  the  deadline  of  the  following  issue.  Submissions  by 
e-mail  are  not  permitted  without  the  permission  of  the  editor. 


:oTii 


•E  9  ~ 

iE,  <  <  o 

*-  ">  S,  b 

2  «  ?  ^ 

I- I  I 

O  CO  (D  OJ 

Z  D  O  Q. 


J  J! 


-i— tnoc 

'I!— 11— i\«X 

JETXtJO 


>- 
_o 

O 


O     3     3 

2  ^    ^  t" 

•B  Z  <  -- 

U)     O     „    CN 

=  <  s° 


:i  o  = 

2!  <=  S  ij 

-i  c  "  ■g' 

o  t  w  i= 

(D  t;  (0  t 

ui  ffl  5  -2 

!5  o--^  E 

^  Q  r~  O 


mavriTania